TW201206994A - Liquid crystal alignment agent containing polyamic acid ester, and liquid crystal alignment film - Google Patents

Liquid crystal alignment agent containing polyamic acid ester, and liquid crystal alignment film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201206994A
TW201206994A TW100108736A TW100108736A TW201206994A TW 201206994 A TW201206994 A TW 201206994A TW 100108736 A TW100108736 A TW 100108736A TW 100108736 A TW100108736 A TW 100108736A TW 201206994 A TW201206994 A TW 201206994A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
liquid crystal
group
crystal alignment
formula
added
Prior art date
Application number
TW100108736A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI501998B (en
Inventor
Naoki Sakumoto
Yosuke Iinuma
Masato Nagao
Yuho Noguchi
Original Assignee
Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd filed Critical Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd
Publication of TW201206994A publication Critical patent/TW201206994A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI501998B publication Critical patent/TWI501998B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D179/00Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen, with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C09D161/00 - C09D177/00
    • C09D179/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C09D179/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2205/00Polymer mixtures characterised by other features
    • C08L2205/02Polymer mixtures characterised by other features containing two or more polymers of the same C08L -group
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/133711Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by organic films, e.g. polymeric films
    • G02F1/133723Polyimide, polyamide-imide

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed is a liquid crystal alignment agent characterised by containing component (A) and component (B). Component (A): a polyamic acid ester which has a repeating group represented by general formula (1), and which fulfils the condition below. Component (B): a polyamic acid which has a repeating group represented by general formula (4). (Condition): In general formula (1), at least one among X1, Y1, A1, A2 has a substituent of at least one structure selected from a group comprising general formula (2) and general formula (3). (In general formula (1), X1 represents a tetravalent organic group, Y1 represents a divalent organic group, R1 represents a C1-5 alkyl group, A1 and A2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted C1-20 alkyl group or alkenyl group.) (In general formulae (2, 3), D1 and D2 independently represent a protective group which is replaced by hydrogen by heat. B1 represents a single bond or a divalent organic group. In general formula (3), the ester group is bound to a carbon atom.) (In general formula (4), X2 represents a tetravalent organic group, Y2 represents a divalent organic group, and A1 and A2 have the same definition as in general formula (1).)

Description

201206994 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明爲有關含有具有熱解離性保護基之聚醯胺酸酯 與聚醯胺酸之液晶配向劑、該液晶配向劑所得之液晶配向 膜之發明。 【先前技術】 液晶電視、液晶顯示器等所使用之液晶顯示元件,通 常於元件內部皆設置有控制液晶排列狀態之液晶配向膜。 液晶配向膜,目前爲止,主要爲使用將聚醯胺酸( poly ami do aci d )等之聚醯亞胺先驅物或可溶性聚醯亞胺之 溶液爲主要成分之液晶配向劑塗佈於玻璃基板等,經燒培 所得之聚醯亞胺系的液晶配向膜爲主。 伴隨液晶顯示元件之高精細化,對於抑制液晶顯示元 件反差之降低或降低殘影現象等要求,於液晶配向膜中, 除優良之液晶配向性或產生·安定性之預傾角(Pretiltangle )以外,對於高電壓保持率 '抑制因交流驅動所產生之殘 影、施加直流電壓之際的產生較少殘留電荷,及/或提早 緩和因直流電壓所蓄積之殘留電荷之特性等將日漸變得重 要。 聚醯亞胺系之液晶配向膜,爲回應上述之要求,而已 提出各種之提案。例如,提出可縮短因直流電壓所發生之 殘影至消失爲止之時間的液晶配向膜,可使用含有聚醯胺 酸或除含醯亞胺基之聚醯胺酸以外,再含有特定構造之三 -5- 201206994 級胺之液晶配向劑(例如,專利文獻1 ),或使用含有具 有吡啶骨架等之特定二胺化合物作爲原料之可溶性聚醯亞 胺的液晶配向劑之物(例如,專利文獻2 )等提案。又, 具有高電壓保持率,且可縮短因直流電壓所發生之殘影至 消失爲止之時間的液晶配向膜,例如於聚醯胺酸或其醯亞 胺化聚合物等以外,可再含有極少量之由分子內含有1個 羧酸基之化合物、分子內含有1個羧酸酐基之化合物及分 子內含有1個三級胺基之化合物所成群所選出之化合物的 液晶配向劑(例如,專利文獻3 )之提案。 又,具有優良液晶配向性、具有高電壓保持率、較少 之殘影、優良信頼性、且顯示出高預傾角之液晶配向膜, 已知例如使用含有具有特定構造之四羧酸二酐與環丁烷之 由四羧酸二酐與特定之二胺化合物所得之聚醯胺酸或其醯 亞胺化聚合物之液晶配向劑(例如,專利文獻4 )。又, 於側向電場(lateralelectricfield)驅動方式之液晶顯示元 件中,抑制因交流驅動所發生之殘影的方法,已知有提出 使用具有良好液晶配向性,且與液晶分子具有較大相互作 用之特定之液晶配向膜之方法(例如,專利文獻5 )的提 案。 但是,近年則以大畫面且具有高精細度之液晶電視爲 主體,對於殘影之要求以日漸嚴苛,且要求於嚴苛之使用 環境下亦可耐長期使用之特性。同時,所使用之液晶配向 膜相較於以往必須爲具有更高信頼性物品,故有關液晶配 向膜之各種特性,除必須具有良好之初期特性以外,例如 -6- 201206994 ,亦尋求一種即使於高溫下長時間曝露後,也可維持良好 之特性者。 又,構成聚醯亞胺系之液晶配向劑的聚合物成分中, 聚醯胺酸酯被提出將其進行醯亞胺化處理時之加熱處理下 ,不會引起分子量降低之疑慮、具有優良之液晶配向安定 性•優良信頼性之報告(例如,專利文獻6 )。但是,聚 醯胺酸酯,一般而言,仍具有高體積電阻、施加直流電壓 之際的殘留電荷增大等之問題,故目前仍未有可改善含有 該聚醯胺酸酯之聚醯亞胺系的液晶配向劑之特性的方法。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] [專利文獻1]特開平9-3 1 6200號公報 [專利文獻2]特開平1 0- 1 04633號公報 [專利文獻3]特開平8 -76 1 28號公報 [專利文獻4]特開平9- 1 3 84 1 4號公報 [專利文獻5]特開平1 1 -3 84 1 5號公報 [專利文獻6]特開2003-269 1 8號公報 【發明內容】 [發明所欲解決之問題] 本發明,對於可改善含有上述聚醯胺酸酯之液晶配向 劑的特性之方法,開始進行硏究聚醯胺酸酯,與電氣特性 之觀點具有優良性質之聚醯胺酸經摻雜所得之液晶配向劑 201206994 。但是,由該聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸混合所得之液晶配向 劑所得之液晶配向膜,就液晶配向性與電氣特性等觀點, 目前皆未能達到滿意之階段。 即,含有聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸之液晶配向劑所得之 液晶配向膜,除會引起白濁現象以外,該膜於高溫使用下 所造成之低電壓保持率、直流電壓之蓄積所產生之殘影, 及交流驅動下會生殘影等之不佳之狀況。 本發明則以提供一種含有聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸之液 晶配向劑,其爲可製得具有優良之液晶配向性與電氣特性 的同時,也可得到不會產生白濁之具有透明性的液晶配向 膜的液晶配向劑爲目的。 [解決問題之方法] 經由本發明者之硏究,對於由含有聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯 胺酸之液晶配向劑所形成之液晶配向膜進行解析結果,確 認於膜表面會產生微細之凹凸。但是,發現聚醯胺酸酯於 使用下述具有具可經由熱處理而被氫原子所取代之官能基 的特定構造的聚醯胺酸酯時,可顯著地抑制膜表面所生成 之微細凹凸,又,欲降低膜表面所產生之微細凹凸時,使 用具有含有聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸之液晶配向劑時,即可 消除上述問題點。 此外,基於本發明者之硏究結果,得知具有具可經由 上述熱處理而被氫原子所取代之官能基的特定構造的聚醯 胺酸酯,即使其爲高分子量之情形,對有機溶劑亦具有良 -8- 201206994 好之溶解性,而含有該聚醯胺酸酯之液晶配向劑,即使於 有機溶劑中含有高濃度之情形時,也可形成具有較低黏度 的液晶配向劑,如此,例如於使用噴墨法製造液晶配向膜 亦變得更爲容易,又,也容易製造具有高厚度之液晶配向 膜。 即,本發明爲基於上述結論所完成者,其係具有下述 之主要內容。 1· 一種液晶配向劑,其特徵爲,含有下述(A)成分 與(B)成分, (A)成分:具有下述式(1)所表示之重複單位的聚 醯胺酸酯,且,滿足下述(i )〜(iii )中任一項之條件 的聚醯胺酸酯。 [化1]201206994 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a liquid crystal alignment agent obtained by a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polylysine having a thermally dissociable protecting group and a polyphthalic acid, and a liquid crystal alignment film obtained by the liquid crystal alignment agent invention. [Prior Art] A liquid crystal display element used in a liquid crystal television, a liquid crystal display or the like is usually provided with a liquid crystal alignment film for controlling the liquid crystal alignment state inside the element. A liquid crystal alignment film has been mainly applied to a glass substrate by using a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a solution of a polyamidene precursor such as polyamido acid (poly ami do aci d) or a soluble polyimine as a main component. The polyimine-based liquid crystal alignment film obtained by calcination is mainly used. In addition to the high definition of the liquid crystal display element, in order to suppress the decrease in the contrast of the liquid crystal display element or to reduce the image sticking phenomenon, in addition to the excellent liquid crystal alignment property or the pretilt angle of the stability and stability of the liquid crystal alignment film, It is important for the high voltage holding rate to suppress the residual image generated by the AC drive, generate a small residual charge when a DC voltage is applied, and/or to moderate the characteristics of the residual charge accumulated by the DC voltage. Polyimide-based liquid crystal alignment films have been proposed in response to the above requirements. For example, a liquid crystal alignment film capable of shortening the time until the disappearance of a DC voltage to disappear is proposed, and a specific structure may be used in addition to a polyaminic acid or a polyamido acid containing a quinone imine group. -5-201206994 A liquid crystal alignment agent of a quaternary amine (for example, Patent Document 1), or a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a soluble polyimine having a specific diamine compound having a pyridine skeleton or the like as a raw material (for example, Patent Document 2) ) and other proposals. Further, the liquid crystal alignment film having a high voltage holding ratio and shortening the time from the occurrence of the residual voltage due to the DC voltage to the disappearance, for example, in the case of polylysine or a ruthenium iodide polymer thereof, may further contain a pole. a small amount of a liquid crystal alignment agent of a compound selected from the group consisting of a compound having one carboxylic acid group in the molecule, a compound having one carboxylic acid anhydride group in the molecule, and a compound having one tertiary amino group in the molecule (for example, Patent Document 3) Proposal. Further, a liquid crystal alignment film having excellent liquid crystal alignment, high voltage holding ratio, low image sticking, excellent signal reliability, and high pretilt angle is known, for example, using a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having a specific structure and A liquid crystal alignment agent of cyclobutane obtained from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a specific diamine compound, or a quinone imidized polymer thereof (for example, Patent Document 4). Further, in a liquid crystal display device of a lateral electric field driving method, a method of suppressing image sticking due to AC driving is known, and it is known to use a liquid crystal alignment property and have a large interaction with liquid crystal molecules. A method of a specific liquid crystal alignment film (for example, Patent Document 5). However, in recent years, LCD TVs with large screens and high definition have been the mainstays, and the requirements for image sticking have become increasingly stringent, and they are also required to withstand long-term use in harsh environments. At the same time, the liquid crystal alignment film used must have a higher reliability than the conventional one, so that various characteristics of the liquid crystal alignment film, in addition to having good initial characteristics, such as -6-201206994, also seek a kind of Those who maintain good characteristics after prolonged exposure at high temperatures. Further, among the polymer components constituting the polyimine-based liquid crystal alignment agent, the polyglycolate is proposed to be subjected to heat treatment at the time of quinone imidization treatment, and does not cause a problem of molecular weight reduction, and is excellent. Liquid crystal alignment stability • Report of excellent reliability (for example, Patent Document 6). However, polyglycolate generally has problems such as high volume resistance and an increase in residual charge when a DC voltage is applied, so that there is still no improvement in the polyazide containing the polyphthalate. A method of characterizing an amine-based liquid crystal alignment agent. [PRIOR ART DOCUMENT] [Patent Document 1] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. JP-A No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei. [Patent Document 4] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. 2003-269 No. [Problem to be Solved by the Invention] The present invention relates to a method for improving the properties of a liquid crystal alignment agent containing the above polyphthalate ester, and proceeds to investigate a polyglycolate having excellent properties from the viewpoint of electrical characteristics. Liquid crystal alignment agent obtained by doping polyacrylic acid 201206994. However, the liquid crystal alignment film obtained by the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained by mixing the polyphthalate with polyphthalic acid has not reached a satisfactory stage in terms of liquid crystal alignment and electrical properties. That is, the liquid crystal alignment film obtained by the liquid crystal alignment agent containing the polyphthalate and the poly-proline does not cause white turbidity, and the low voltage retention rate and DC voltage accumulation of the film under high temperature use are generated. The afterimage, and the situation of the afterimages caused by the AC drive. The present invention provides a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polyphthalate and a poly-proline, which can have excellent liquid crystal alignment and electrical properties, and can also have transparency without white turbidity. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the liquid crystal alignment film is for the purpose. [Means for Solving the Problem] The liquid crystal alignment film formed of a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polyphthalate and a polyglycolic acid was analyzed by the inventors of the present invention, and it was confirmed that fine irregularities were formed on the surface of the film. . However, it has been found that when a polyglycolate having a specific structure having a functional group which can be substituted by a hydrogen atom by heat treatment is used, the fine unevenness formed on the surface of the film can be remarkably suppressed, and In order to reduce the fine unevenness generated on the surface of the film, the above problem can be eliminated by using a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polyphthalate and polylysine. Further, based on the results of the investigation by the present inventors, a polyphthalate having a specific structure having a functional group which can be substituted by a hydrogen atom via the above heat treatment is known, and even if it is a high molecular weight, the organic solvent is also It has good solubility, and the liquid crystal alignment agent containing the polyphthalate can form a liquid crystal alignment agent having a lower viscosity even when the organic solvent contains a high concentration. Thus, For example, it has become easier to produce a liquid crystal alignment film by an inkjet method, and it is also easy to manufacture a liquid crystal alignment film having a high thickness. That is, the present invention has been completed based on the above findings, and has the following main contents. 1. A liquid crystal alignment agent comprising the following (A) component and (B) component, (A) component: a polyphthalate having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1), and A polyglycolate which satisfies the conditions of any one of the following (i) to (iii). [Chemical 1]

(式中,乂1爲4價之有機基,¥,爲2價之有機基,L爲碳數 1〜5之烷基,人,及A2各自獨立表示氫原子,或可具有取代 基之碳數1〜20之烷基、烯基、烷基)。 (i) 式(1)之X丨、Y丨或其二者爲具有由下述式(2 )及(3)所成群所選出之至少1種的構造之1價或2價的取 代基。 (ii) 式(1)之Αι、Α2或其二者爲具有由下述式(2 )及(3 )所成群所選出之至少1種的構造之1價或2價的取 -9- 201206994 代基。 (iii)式(1)之X!、Υ2或其二者爲具有由下述式(2 )及(3 )所成群所選出之至少1種的構造之1價或2價的取 代基,且,Ai、Α2或其二者爲具有由下述式(2)及(3) 所成群所選出之至少1種的構造之1價或2價的取代基。 [化2](wherein, 乂1 is a tetravalent organic group, ¥ is a divalent organic group, L is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and human and A2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a carbon which may have a substituent A number of 1 to 20 alkyl, alkenyl, alkyl). (i) X丨, Y丨 or both of the formula (1) is a monovalent or divalent substituent having a structure selected from at least one of the groups of the following formulas (2) and (3) . (ii) Α, Α2 or both of the formula (1) is a monovalent or divalent -9- of a structure having at least one selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (2) and (3) 201206994 Dai Ke. (iii) X!, Υ2 or both of the formula (1) are monovalent or divalent substituents having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (2) and (3), Further, Ai, Α2 or both are monovalent or divalent substituents having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (2) and (3). [Chemical 2]

-—N— (2) (式(2 )及(3 )之口!及02分別爲可經由熱處理而被氫原 子所取代之保護基。1爲單鍵或2價之有機基。惟,式(3 )中之酯基所鍵結之原子爲碳原子)。 (Β)成分:具有下述式(4)所表示之重複單位之聚 醯胺酸。-N- (2) (Ports of formulas (2) and (3)! and 02 are each a protecting group which may be substituted by a hydrogen atom by heat treatment. 1 is a single bond or a divalent organic group. The atom to which the ester group in (3) is bonded is a carbon atom). (Β) component: a poly-proline which has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4).

(式中,Χ2爲4價之有機基,¥2爲2價之有機基,人1及八2與 式(1)之內容具有相同之定義)。 2.如上述1所記載之液晶配向劑,其中,(A )成分之 含量與(B)成分之含量依質量比(a/b)爲1/9〜9/1。 3 ·如上述1或2所記載之液晶配向劑,其中,(A )成 分與(B)成分之合計含量相對於有機溶劑爲丨〜"質量% -10- 201206994 4.如上述1〜3中任一項所記載之液晶配向劑,其中’ 保護基Di爲由tert -丁氧羰基及9 -蕗基甲氧基羰基所成群所 選出之至少1種之基。 5 .如上述1〜4中任一項所記載之液晶配向劑,其中, 保護基〇2爲tert-丁基。 6.如上述1〜5所記載之液晶配向劑,其中,(A )成 分爲具有由下述式(5)及(6)所成群所選出之至少1種 的構造所表示之取代基的聚醯胺酸酯。 [化4](wherein Χ2 is a tetravalent organic group, ¥2 is a divalent organic group, and humans 1 and 八2 have the same definitions as those of the formula (1)). 2. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above 1, wherein the content of the component (A) and the content of the component (B) are 1/9 to 9/1 by mass ratio (a/b). The liquid crystal alignment agent of the above-mentioned 1 or 2, wherein the total content of the component (A) and the component (B) is 丨~"% by mass -10- 201206994 4. The above 1 to 3 The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the 'protecting group Di' is at least one selected from the group consisting of tert-butoxycarbonyl and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above 1 to 4, wherein the protective group 〇2 is tert-butyl. 6. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above-mentioned 1 to 5, wherein the component (A) is a substituent represented by a structure having at least one selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (5) and (6). Polyphthalate. [Chemical 4]

(式(5)中,B2爲單鍵又爲2價之有機基,R2、R3、R4各 自獨立表示氫原子或碳數1〜20之1價之有機基)。 [化5] o ch3(In the formula (5), B2 is a single bond and a divalent organic group, and R2, R3 and R4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 20. [化5] o ch3

II 一b3』一〇---ch3 (6) ch3 (式(6)中,B3爲單鍵或2價之有機基。其中,式(6) 所揭示之t-丁氧羯基所鍵結之原子爲碳原子)。 7. 如上述1〜6中任一項所記載之液晶配向劑,其中, (A)成分爲,式(1)之丫!的構造上具有由式(5)及(6 )所成群所選出之至少1種的構造所表示之取代基的聚醯 胺酸酯。 8. 如上述1〜7中任一項所記載之液晶配向劑,其中, (A)成分爲,式(1)之A,*A2或其二者上具有由.式(5 -11 - 201206994 )及(6)所成群所選出之至少1種的構造所表示之取代基 的聚醯胺酸酯。 9.如上述1〜8中任一項所記載之液晶配向劑,其中, (A)成分爲,式(1)之Y,爲下述式(7)所表示之構造 的聚醯胺酸酯。 [化6]II-b3』一〇---ch3 (6) ch3 (In the formula (6), B3 is a single bond or a divalent organic group. Among them, the t-butoxycarbonyl group disclosed by the formula (6) is bonded. The atom is a carbon atom). 7. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above 1 to 6, wherein the component (A) is a formula (1)! The structure has a polyamine derivative having a substituent represented by at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the formulas (5) and (6). 8. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above 1 to 7, wherein the component (A) is A, *A2 or both of the formula (1) or a formula (5 -11 - 201206994) And (6) a polyperurethane having a substituent represented by at least one of the selected ones selected from the group. The liquid crystal alignment agent of any one of the above-mentioned (1), wherein the component (A) is Y of the formula (1) and is a polyamine amide having a structure represented by the following formula (7). . [Chemical 6]

4之 (5)及(6)所成群所選出之至少1種的構造。a爲 整數)。 1 〇.如請求項1〜9中任一項所記載之液晶配向劑,其 中,(A)成分爲,式(1)之丫】具有由下式所表示構造所 成群所選出之至少1種的構造。 -12- 201206994 [化7] jCk jCu n=2^-64 (5) and (6) The structure selected by at least one of the groups. a is an integer). The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the component (A) is a formula (1) having at least one selected from the group represented by the following formula. Kind of construction. -12- 201206994 [化7] jCk jCu n=2^-6

1 1.如上述1〜1 〇中任一項所記載之液晶配向劑,其中 ,上述式(1)及(4)中,Xi&X2之構造爲,各自獨立之 由下述式所表示之構造所成群中所選出之至少1種。 [化8]1. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above-mentioned formulas (1) and (4), wherein the structures of Xi&X2 are each independently represented by the following formula. Construct at least one of the selected groups. [化8]

HjC h3c ch3 h3c ch3HjC h3c ch3 h3c ch3

ch3 -13- 201206994 1 2 .請求項1〜1 1中任一項所記載之液晶配向劑,其中 ,式(4)中’ Y2爲由下述式所表示之構造所成群所選出 之至少1種。 [化9]The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein, in the formula (4), Y2 is at least selected from the group represented by the following formula. 1 species. [Chemistry 9]

13· —種液晶配向膜’其特徵爲,將上述ι〜12中任一 項所記載之液晶配向劑塗佈、燒焙而得者。 14. —種液晶配向膜,其特徵爲,將上述1〜12中任一 項所記載之液晶配向劑塗佈、燒焙,再經偏光之紫外線照 射所得之液晶配向膜。 [發明效果] 本發明爲提供一種可降低所得液晶配向膜表面之微細 凹凸、降低因交流驅動所造成之殘影等而改善液晶與液晶 配向膜之界面特性,且亦可改善電壓保持率、離子密度, 及直流電壓殘留等之電氣特性,提高信頼性之液晶配向劑 〇 又,本發明之液晶配向劑,即使於有機溶劑中含有高 濃度之情形時,因具有較低之黏度,故具有例如可使利用 噴墨法製造液晶配向膜之方法變得更爲容易,又,亦可容 -14 - 201206994 易製得厚度較高之液晶配向膜之優點。 本發明中’經由使用具有具經由熱而被氫原子所取代 之官能基的特定構造的聚醯胺酸酯時,爲何可降低該膜表 面所產生之微細凹凸,而可消除以往含有聚醯胺酸酯與聚 醯胺酸之液晶配向劑所具有之缺點等部分仍未明瞭,但推 測幾乎應爲下述理由所得之效果。 即,以往由有機溶劑中溶解有聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸 之液晶配向劑去除溶劑所形成之液晶配向膜中,表面自由 能量較聚醯胺酸爲低之酯聚醯胺酸偏存於表面所得者,若 聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸產生相分離時,聚醯胺酸酯相中將 形成聚醯胺酸之凝聚物,或聚醯胺酸相中將形成聚醯胺酸 酯之凝聚物,而形成膜表面存在多數微細凹凸之膜。 相對於此,本發明之液晶配向劑爲使用具有具上述經 由熱處理而被氫原子所取代之官能基的特定構造的聚醯胺 酸酯,並由該該液晶配向劑去除溶劑以形成液晶配向膜之 際,可促進聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸之相分離,使聚酶胺酸 酯不會與存在膜表面附近的聚醯胺酸混合之方式而存在, 且聚醯胺酸也不會在膜內部及基板界面上與聚醯胺酸酯混 合之方式而存在。 即,所得之液晶配向膜之表面上,因聚醯胺酸酯與聚 醯胺酸的相分離狀態,故不會形成凹凸而可形成平滑之表 面,且可降低因發生凹凸所造成之膜的白濁現象。又,具 有無凹凸之平滑表面的液晶配向膜,因表面具有配向安定 性,故爲優良信頼性之聚醯胺酸酯,且,膜內部及電極界 -15- 201206994 性於取會用性 特可所不使特 良 ,子故到同 優 基原,得相 有 能氫基可爲 具 官被能而形 爲 之而官,情 故 造熱述響之 , 構加前影酯 酸 定由在所酸 胺 特經存在胺 醯 述,未存醯 聚 上中並的聚 之 有理中基的 性 具處膜能基 特 之焙向官能 氣 醋燒配之官 電 酸或晶造之 良 胺化液構造。 優 醯胺之定構膜 有。聚亞得特定向 具膜,醯所些特配 在向又之故該有晶 存配 後,到具液 面之 其代受不之 [發明之實施形態] <聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯胺酸> 本發明所使用之聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯胺酸,爲製得聚醯 亞胺所使用之聚醯亞胺先驅物,具有經由加熱可進行下述 所示醯亞胺化反應之部位的聚合物。 [化 10](13) A liquid crystal alignment film which is obtained by coating and baking the liquid crystal alignment agent described in any one of the above items ι to 12. A liquid crystal alignment film obtained by applying the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above items 1 to 12, baking, and irradiating the liquid crystal alignment film obtained by polarized ultraviolet light. [Effect of the Invention] The present invention provides an improvement in the interface characteristics of a liquid crystal and a liquid crystal alignment film by reducing the fine unevenness on the surface of the obtained liquid crystal alignment film, reducing the image sticking caused by the AC driving, and the like, and improving the voltage holding ratio and the ion. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention has a low viscosity even when it contains a high concentration in an organic solvent, and has, for example, a liquid crystal alignment agent which improves the reliability of the liquid crystal alignment agent. The method of manufacturing a liquid crystal alignment film by an inkjet method can be made easier, and the advantage of a liquid crystal alignment film having a relatively high thickness can be easily obtained from -14 to 06,006. In the present invention, when a polyphthalate having a specific structure having a functional group substituted with a hydrogen atom via heat is used, why is it possible to reduce fine irregularities generated on the surface of the film, and to eliminate the conventional polyamine The disadvantages of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the acid ester and the poly-proline are still unclear, but it is presumed that the effect obtained by the following reason is almost the same. That is, in the liquid crystal alignment film formed by removing the solvent from the liquid crystal alignment agent in which the polyphthalate and the polyphthalic acid are dissolved in the organic solvent, the ester polyglycine having a lower surface free energy than the poly-proline is biased. If the polyglycolate is separated from the polylysine, agglomerates of polyglycine will form in the polyphthalate phase, or poly(phthalic acid) will form a polypeptone. The agglomerate of the amine ester forms a film having a large number of fine irregularities on the surface of the film. On the other hand, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is a polyphthalate having a specific structure having a functional group substituted with a hydrogen atom as described above by heat treatment, and the solvent is removed by the liquid crystal alignment agent to form a liquid crystal alignment film. In the meantime, the phase separation of the polyperurethane and the poly-proline can be promoted, so that the polyamine fatty acid ester does not exist in the manner of mixing with the poly-proline which is present near the surface of the membrane, and the poly-proline does not It exists in a manner of mixing with the polyamidolate at the inside of the film and at the interface of the substrate. That is, on the surface of the obtained liquid crystal alignment film, due to the phase separation state of the polyphthalate and the polyaminic acid, a rough surface can be formed without forming irregularities, and the film due to occurrence of irregularities can be reduced. White turbidity. Moreover, the liquid crystal alignment film having a smooth surface having no unevenness and the like has excellent alignment properties because of its alignment stability, and the inside of the film and the electrode boundary are useful for the purpose of use. Can not make the special good, the child is the same as the excellent base, the phase can have the hydrogen base can be formed by the official can be shaped and the official, the heat of the story is made, the structure of the former ester acid In the presence of an amine, the amine is described in the presence of an amine, and there is no polycondensation in the polycondensation of the sympathetic group. The membrane can be baked to the functional vinegar and burned with the official acid or crystalline amine. Chemical structure. The deuterated film of decylamine has. Polyimide has a specific film, and some of them are specially formulated to have a liquid crystal after being deposited, and the liquid surface is not accepted. [Inventive embodiment] <Polyurethane and polypeptone Amino acid> The polyphthalate and polylysine used in the present invention are polyimine precursors used in the production of polyimine, and the following oxime imidization can be carried out by heating. The polymer at the site of the reaction. [化10]

本發明之液晶配向劑所含有之聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯胺酸 -16· 201206994 ,分別具有下述式(1)及下述式(4)。 [化 12]The polyphthalate and polyglycine-16·201206994 contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention each have the following formula (1) and the following formula (4). [化 12]

上述式(1)中,R!爲碳數1〜5,較佳爲1〜2之烷基 。聚醯胺酸酯爲伴隨烷基中之碳數的增加,而使進行醯亞 胺化之溫度提高。因此,R,,就熱容易進行醯亞胺化之觀 點,以甲基爲特佳。式(1 )及式(4 )中,八!及Az各自獨 立表示氫原子,或可具有取代基之碳數1〜20之烷基、烯 基或炔基。上述烷基之具體例如,甲基、乙基、丙基、丁 基、t-丁基、己基 '辛基、癸基、環戊基、環己基、二環 己基等。上述烯基,例如上述烷基中所存在之1個以上之 CHz-CH2構造被CH = CH構造所取代者等。更具體而言,例 如,乙烯基、烯丙基、1-丙烯基、異丙烯基、2 -丁烯基、 1,3_ 丁二烯基、2_戊烯基、2-己烯基、環丙烯基、環戊烯 基、環己烯基等。上述炔基’例如上位烷基中所存在之1 個以上之CHyCH2構造被C = C構造所取代者,更具體而言 ’例如,乙炔基、1 -丙炔基、2 -丙炔基等。 上述之烷基、烯基、炔基,全體爲碳數時,可 具有取代基,其可再經由取代基而形成環構造。又,經由 取代基而形成環構造係指,取代基相互間或取代基與母骨 架之一部份鍵結而形成環構造之意。 該取代基之例如,鹵素基、羥基、硫醇基、硝基、芳 基、有機氧基、有機硫基、有機矽烷基、醯基、酯基、硫 -17- 201206994 醋基、磷酸酯基、醯胺基、烷基、烯基、炔基等β 取代基中之鹵素基,例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、 碘原子等。 取代基中之芳基’例如苯基等。該芳基可被前述其他 之取代基再取代。 取代基中之有機氧基’例如〇_R所表示之構造。此R可 爲相同或相異,例如前述之烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基等。 該些R可被前述之取代基再取代。有機氧基之具體例如, 甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、庚 氧基、辛氧基等。 取代基中之有機硫基,例如_S-R所表示之構造。此R 可例如前述之烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基等。該些R可被前 述之取代基再取代。有機硫基之具體例如,甲基硫基、乙 基硫基、丙基硫基'丁基硫基、戊基硫基、己基硫基、庚 基硫基、辛基硫基等。 取代基中之有機矽烷基,例如-Si-(R)3所表示之構造 。此R可爲相同或相異,例如前述之烷基、烯基、炔基、 芳基等。該些R可被前述之取代基再取代。有機矽烷基之 具體例如,三甲基矽烷基、三乙基矽烷基、三丙基矽烷基 、三丁基矽烷基、三戊基矽烷基、三己基矽烷基、戊基二 甲基矽烷基、己基二甲基矽烷基等。 取代基中之醯基,例如-C(0)-R所表示之構造。此R例 如前述之烷基、烯基、芳基等。該些R可被前述之取代基 再取代。醯基之具體例如,甲醯基、乙醯基、丙醯基、丁 -18- 201206994 醯基、異丁醯基、戊醯基、異戊醯基、己醯基等。 取代基中之酯基,例如-C(0)0-R,或-0C(0)-R所表示 之構造。此R可例如前述之烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基等。 該些R可被前述之取代基再取代。 取代基中之硫酯基,例如- C(S)0-R,或-OC(S)-R所表 示之構造。此R可例如前述之烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基等 。該些R可被前述之取代基再取代。 取代基中之磷酸酯基,例如-OP(0)-(OR)2所表示之構 造。此R可爲相同或相異,例如前述之烷基、烯基、炔基 、芳基等。該些R可被前述之取代基再取代。 取代基中之醯胺基,例如-C(0)NH2,或,-C(0)NHR 、-NHC(0)R、-C(0)N(R)2' -NRC(0)R所表示之構造。此 R 可爲相同或相異,例如前述之烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基等 。該些R可被前述之取代基再取代。 取代基中之芳基,例如與前述之芳基爲相同之內容》 該芳基可被前述其他之取代基再取代。 取代基中之烷基,例如與前述之烷基爲相同之內容。 該烷基可被前述其他之取代基再取代。 取代基中之烯基,例如與前述之烯基爲相同之內容。 該烯基可被前述其他之取代基再取代。 取代基中之炔基,例如與前述之炔基爲相同之內容。 此炔基可被前述其他之取代基再取代。 一般而言,導入大體積之構造時,會有造成胺基之反 應性或液晶配向性降低之可能性,A,及八2以氫原子,或可 -19- 201206994 具有取代基之碳數1〜5之烷基爲更佳,以氫原子、甲基或 乙基爲特佳。 上述式(1)及式(4)中,乂1及乂2各自獨立表示4價 之有機基,丫1及Y2各自獨立表示2價之有機基。X,、X2爲4 價之有機基時,則並未有特別限定之內容。聚醯亞胺先驅 物中,Χι、χ2可爲2種類以上之混合。列舉Χι、X2之具體 例時,例如各自獨立之如以下所示之X-1〜X-46等。其中 又就單體取得之容易性而言,X,、X2爲各自獨立之X-1、 X-2、X-3、X-4、X-5、X-6、X-8、X-16、X-19、X-21、 X-25 、 X-26 、 X-27 、 X-28或 X-32爲佳。 [化 13]In the above formula (1), R! is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Polyurethane esters increase the temperature at which the imidization is carried out with an increase in the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group. Therefore, R, it is easy to carry out the oxime imidization, and the methyl group is particularly preferable. In equations (1) and (4), eight! And Az each independently represents a hydrogen atom, or an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Specific examples of the above alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a t-butyl group, a hexyl 'octyl group, a decyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a dicyclohexyl group and the like. The alkenyl group, for example, one or more CHz-CH2 structures present in the above alkyl group are replaced by a CH=CH structure. More specifically, for example, vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, isopropenyl, 2-butenyl, 1,3-butadienyl, 2-pentenyl, 2-hexenyl, ring Propylene, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl and the like. The above-mentioned alkynyl group, for example, one or more CHyCH2 structures present in the upper alkyl group are substituted by a C=C structure, more specifically, for example, an ethynyl group, a 1-propynyl group, a 2-propynyl group or the like. When the alkyl group, the alkenyl group or the alkynyl group described above has a carbon number as a whole, it may have a substituent, and it may further form a ring structure via a substituent. Further, the formation of a ring structure via a substituent means that the substituents are bonded to each other or a part of the substituent is bonded to a part of the mother skeleton to form a ring structure. Examples of the substituent include a halogen group, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a nitro group, an aryl group, an organic oxy group, an organic thio group, an organic decyl group, a decyl group, an ester group, and a sulfur-17-201206994 vine group or a phosphate group. a halogen group in a β substituent such as a decylamino group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group, for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom or the like. The aryl group in the substituent is, for example, a phenyl group or the like. The aryl group may be further substituted with the other substituents described above. The organooxy group in the substituent is, for example, a structure represented by 〇_R. These R may be the same or different, such as the aforementioned alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. Specific examples of the organooxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, a heptyloxy group, an octyloxy group and the like. The organic thio group in the substituent, such as the structure represented by _S-R. The R may be, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group or the like. These R may be further substituted by the substituents described above. Specific examples of the organic sulfur group include a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group 'butylthio group, a pentylthio group, a hexylthio group, a heptylthio group, an octylthio group and the like. An organic decyl group in the substituent, such as the structure represented by -Si-(R)3. The R may be the same or different, such as the aforementioned alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, and the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. Specific examples of the organic decyl group are, for example, trimethyldecyl, triethyl decyl, tripropyl decyl, tributyl decyl, tripentyl decyl, trihexyl decyl, pentyl dimethyl decyl, Hexyl dimethyl decyl group and the like. The thiol group in the substituent, for example, the structure represented by -C(0)-R. This R is, for example, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or the like as described above. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. Specific examples of the sulfhydryl group include, for example, methyl ketone, ethyl ketone, propyl ketone, butyl -18-201206994 fluorenyl, isobutyl decyl, pentylene, isoamyl, hexyl, and the like. The ester group in the substituent is, for example, a structure represented by -C(0)0-R, or -0C(0)-R. The R may be, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group or the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. The thioester group in the substituent, such as -C(S)0-R, or the structure represented by -OC(S)-R. The R may be, for example, the aforementioned alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group or the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. The phosphate group in the substituent, for example, the structure represented by -OP(0)-(OR)2. These R may be the same or different, such as the aforementioned alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. Amidino group in the substituent, such as -C(0)NH2, or -C(0)NHR, -NHC(0)R, -C(0)N(R)2'-NRC(0)R Indicates the construction. These R may be the same or different, such as the aforementioned alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, and the like. These R may be further substituted by the aforementioned substituents. The aryl group in the substituent is, for example, the same as the aforementioned aryl group. The aryl group may be further substituted with the other substituents described above. The alkyl group in the substituent is, for example, the same as the alkyl group described above. The alkyl group may be further substituted with the other substituents described above. The alkenyl group in the substituent is, for example, the same as the above-mentioned alkenyl group. The alkenyl group may be further substituted with the other substituents described above. The alkynyl group in the substituent is, for example, the same as the alkynyl group described above. This alkynyl group can be further substituted with the other substituents described above. In general, when a large volume structure is introduced, there is a possibility that the reactivity of the amine group or the liquid crystal alignment property is lowered, and A, and VIII are hydrogen atoms, or the carbon number of the substituent having -19-201206994 is 1 The alkyl group of ~5 is more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group. In the above formulas (1) and (4), 乂1 and 乂2 each independently represent a tetravalent organic group, and 丫1 and Y2 each independently represent a divalent organic group. When X and X2 are organic groups of 4 valences, there is no particular limitation. In the polyimine precursor, Χι and χ2 may be a mixture of two or more types. When specific examples of Χι and X2 are listed, for example, X-1 to X-46 and the like which are each independently shown below. In terms of the easiness of monomer acquisition, X, X2 are independent X-1, X-2, X-3, X-4, X-5, X-6, X-8, X- 16. X-19, X-21, X-25, X-26, X-27, X-28 or X-32 are preferred. [Chem. 13]

x鸯H3£ H:5=f介允女XX CH3 H3C CH3 (X-1) (X-2) (X-3) (X-4 丨 (Χ·5> (X-6) <X-7) (X-8) (X-9) (X-10) (X-11) (X-12) (X-13) (X-14) [化 14]x鸯H3£ H:5=fMay female XX CH3 H3C CH3 (X-1) (X-2) (X-3) (X-4 丨(Χ·5> (X-6) <X- 7) (X-8) (X-9) (X-10) (X-11) (X-12) (X-13) (X-14) [Chem. 14]

-20- 201206994 [化 15]-20- 201206994 [Chem. 15]

[化 16][Chemistry 16]

又,式(1)及(4)中’ γι、γ2爲2價之有機基時’ 則並未有特別限定之內容。聚醯亞胺先驅物中、γ 1、υ 2可 爲各自獨立之2種類以上之混合》Y i、Υ 2之具體例’例如 下述之Υ-1〜Υ-1 03等。 其中又就可得到良好之液晶配向性之觀點’以將具有 高直線性之二胺導入聚醯胺酸酯中爲佳,Υι以Y-7、γ-10 、Y-ll、Y-12、Y-13、Y-21、Y-22、Y-23、Y-25、Y-26 、Y-27、Y-41、Y-42、Y-43、Y-44、Y-45、Y-46、Y-48 、Y-61 、 Y-63 、 Y-64 、 Y-71 、 Y-72 、 Y-73 、 Y-74 、 Y-75 、Y-98之二胺爲更佳。又,欲提高其預傾角之情形,以將 側鏈具有長鏈烷基、芳香族環、脂肪族環、類固醇骨架, 或該些組合所得之構造的二胺導入聚醯胺酸酯中爲佳,Y ! 以 Υ-76、 Υ-77、 Υ-78、 Υ-79、 Υ-80、 Υ-81、 Υ-82、 Υ·83 、Υ-84、Υ-85、Υ-86、Υ-87、Υ-88、Υ-89、Υ-90、Υ-91 -21 - 201206994 、Υ-92、Υ-93、Υ-94、Υ-95、Y-96,或 Y-97 之二胺爲更佳 。該些二胺相對於全二胺添加1〜50莫耳%時,可取得任意 之預傾角。 降低聚醯胺酸酯之體積電阻時,可降低因直流電壓之 蓄積所造成之殘影,故以將具有雜原子之構造、多環芳香 族構造,或具有聯苯基骨架的二胺導入聚醯胺酸中爲佳, Υ2以 Υ-19、 Υ-23、 Υ·25、 Υ-26、 Υ-27、 Υ-30、 Υ-31、 Υ-32 、 Υ-33 、 Υ-34 、 Υ-35 、 Υ-36 、 Υ-40 、 Υ-41Υ-42 、 Υ-44 、Υ-45、 Υ-49、 Υ-50、 Υ-51 ,或 Υ-61、 Υ-98,或 Υ-99爲更 佳,其中又以Υ-31、Υ·40、γ·98,或Υ-99爲更佳。 [化 17]Further, in the formulas (1) and (4), when 'γι and γ2 are divalent organic groups', there is no particular limitation. In the polyimine precursor, γ 1 and υ 2 may be a mixture of two or more types of "Y i and Υ 2", for example, the following Υ-1 to Υ-1 03. In view of the fact that a good liquid crystal alignment property can be obtained, it is preferable to introduce a diamine having a high linearity into a polyphthalate, and Y 1 , γ-10 , Y-ll, Y-12, Y-13, Y-21, Y-22, Y-23, Y-25, Y-26, Y-27, Y-41, Y-42, Y-43, Y-44, Y-45, Y- 46. Y-48, Y-61, Y-63, Y-64, Y-71, Y-72, Y-73, Y-74, Y-75, Y-98 diamine are more preferred. Further, in order to increase the pretilt angle, it is preferred to introduce a side chain having a long-chain alkyl group, an aromatic ring, an aliphatic ring, a steroid skeleton, or a diamine having a structure obtained by combining the polyamines. , Y ! Υ-76, Υ-77, Υ-78, Υ-79, Υ-80, Υ-81, Υ-82, Υ·83, Υ-84, Υ-85, Υ-86, Υ- 87, Υ-88, Υ-89, Υ-90, Υ-91 -21 - 201206994, Υ-92, Υ-93, Υ-94, Υ-95, Y-96, or Y-97 diamine is Better. When the diamine is added in an amount of from 1 to 50 mol% based on the total diamine, an arbitrary pretilt angle can be obtained. When the volume resistivity of the polyphthalate is lowered, the image sticking due to the accumulation of the DC voltage can be reduced, so that a structure having a hetero atom, a polycyclic aromatic structure, or a diamine having a biphenyl skeleton can be introduced into the poly It is preferred for proline, Υ2 to Υ-19, Υ-23, Υ·25, Υ-26, Υ-27, Υ-30, Υ-31, Υ-32, Υ-33, Υ-34, Υ -35, Υ-36, Υ-40, Υ-41Υ-42, Υ-44, Υ-45, Υ-49, Υ-50, Υ-51, or Υ-61, Υ-98, or Υ-99 More preferably, it is preferably Υ-31, Υ40, γ·98, or Υ-99. [Chem. 17]

[化 18][Chem. 18]

-22- 201206994 [化 19]-22- 201206994 [Chem. 19]

[化 20] σ-47) (Υ-4β) (Υ-49) (Υ-5〇) (V-51) [化 21] —(〇<2)η— η = 2-5 ch3 (?η3 一(CH2)4-C-(CH2)3-ό Η3 Λ Γ4 οΓ厂 ο·ρι 召 X ο 广 〇·〇工 \ <Ν ο I 1 (Υ-52) (V-53) (V-54) (V-55) CH3 CH3 9H3 巧3 -CH2-^-(CH2)2-0-(CH2)3--(CH2)2-C-(CH2)5- -iCH2)4C-<CH2)s--Σ-47) (Υ-4β) (Υ-49) (Υ-5〇) (V-51) [Chem. 21] —(〇<2) η— η = 2-5 ch3 (? Η3 一(CH2)4-C-(CH2)3-ό Η3 Λ Γ4 οΓ厂ο·ρι 召X ο 广〇·〇工\ <Ν ο I 1 (Υ-52) (V-53) (V -54) (V-55) CH3 CH3 9H3 巧3 -CH2-^-(CH2)2-0-(CH2)3--(CH2)2-C-(CH2)5- -iCH2)4C-< CH2)s--

-〇^=-〇~ "XX (X (Y-56) (Y-57) ^*58) [化 22] —(CH2J3-〇-(CHd2-0~(CH2)3~· (Y-59) CH3 CH3 —(CH2)3-与 HD 命(CH2)j-CH3 CH3 (Y-60)-〇^=-〇~ "XX (X (Y-56) (Y-57) ^*58) [化22] —(CH2J3-〇-(CHd2-0~(CH2)3~· (Y- 59) CH3 CH3 —(CH2)3- and HD (CH2)j-CH3 CH3 (Y-60)

[化 23] jCT°ia〇Jir (Y-64) (Y-65) _[Chem. 23] jCT°ia〇Jir (Y-64) (Y-65) _

(V-70) (Y-71) (Y-72) -23- 201206994 [化 24] (V-73) n_2^ (Y-74) n=2~5 ~〇~Πη〇~ 女料CH3 (Υ-75) η = 2-5 (Υ-76> η = 5〜19 (Υ-77) η = 5-19(V-70) (Y-71) (Y-72) -23- 201206994 [V.24] (V-73) n_2^ (Y-74) n=2~5 ~〇~Πη〇~ Women's material CH3 ( Υ-75) η = 2-5 (Υ-76> η = 5~19 (Υ-77) η = 5-19

[化 25]"€C 〇-〇-〇-(CH2)n-CH3 (V-78) η =0-21[化25]"€C 〇-〇-〇-(CH2)n-CH3 (V-78) η =0-21

η = 〇-21 (Υ-79)η = 〇-21 (Υ-79)

[化 26] (Y-84) (V-85) ~^~QrOr (CH2)n-CH3 η = 0*21 ~^~\)^Q-〇〇-(CH2)n-^3 η = 0-21 . Ν〇_0~ (Υ-87) η = 0~21 (Υ-86) 24 201206994 [化 27](Y-84) (V-85) ~^~QrOr (CH2)n-CH3 η = 0*21 ~^~\)^Q-〇〇-(CH2)n-^3 η = 0 -21 . Ν〇_0~ (Υ-87) η = 0~21 (Υ-86) 24 201206994 [化27]

[化 28][化 28]

-25- 201206994 [化 29]-25- 201206994 [化 29]

02H02H

(Y-99) (Y-98) (Υ-100)(Y-99) (Y-98) (Υ-100)

其中又以卞述式(7)所表示之 上述式(1 )中之Yi 構造爲佳。 [化 30]Further, the Yi structure in the above formula (1) represented by the above formula (7) is preferable. [化30]

(7) 式(7)中,R5爲單鍵,或碳數1〜20,較佳爲1〜12 之2價之有機基。2價之有機基’較佳爲可含有醚鍵結、醯 胺鍵結、酯鍵結、硫酯鍵結或硫醚鍵結之伸烷基、伸芳基 ,或該些組合。R6爲由上述之式(5)及(6)所成群所選 出之至少1種的構造。a爲1〜4,較佳爲1或2之整數。 又,上述式(1)中之式(1)之Υι以具有由下式所表 示構造所成群所選出之至少1種的構造爲佳。 -26- 201206994 [化 31](7) In the formula (7), R5 is a single bond or a divalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 12. The divalent organic group ' is preferably an alkyl group, an extended aryl group, or a combination thereof which may contain an ether bond, a guanamine bond, an ester bond, a thioester bond or a thioether bond. R6 is a structure of at least one selected from the group consisting of the above formulas (5) and (6). a is an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2. Further, the structure of the formula (1) in the above formula (1) is preferably one having at least one selected from the group represented by the following formula. -26- 201206994 [化31]

又,上述式(4)中之Y2,其中,又以由下述式所表 示構造所選出之至少1種爲特佳。 [化 32]Further, Y2 in the above formula (4) is particularly preferable in that at least one selected from the structures represented by the following formulas. [化32]

<聚醯胺酸酯之製造方法> 上述式(1)所表示之聚醯胺酸酯,可由將下述式( 10)〜(12)所表示之四羧酸衍生物中任一項,與式(13 -27- 201206994 )所表示之二胺化合物進行縮聚合反應而可製得。 [化 33]<Production Method of Polyphthalate> The polyphthalate represented by the above formula (1) may be any of the tetracarboxylic acid derivatives represented by the following formulas (10) to (12). It can be obtained by subjecting a diamine compound represented by the formula (13-27-201206994) to a polycondensation reaction. [化33]

[化 34] HN—Y^NH (13) (式中,X】、Yi、Ri、八,及入2分別與上述式(1)中之定 義爲相同)。 上述式(1)所表示之聚醯胺酸酯,可使用上述單體 ,依以下所示(1)〜(3)之方法予以合成。 (1 )由聚醯胺酸合成之情形 聚醯胺酸酯,可將四羧酸二酐與二胺所得之聚醯胺酸 進行酯化之方式予以合成。 [化 35] Ο Ο -Λχ>-〇ΗH〇-ffxrrYi-N· Ο Ο Α*| Α2- ο Ο—I JJ-OR! XRl〇lf 1『¥一丫1,一 Ο Ο Α! Α2」 具體而言,使聚醯胺酸與酯化劑於有機溶劑之存在下 ,以-20°C〜150°C,較佳爲0°C〜50°C中,進行30分鐘〜24 小時,較佳爲1〜4小時反應而合成。 酯化劑,以可經由精製而容易去除者爲佳,例如N,N- -28- 201206994 二甲基甲醯胺二甲基縮醛、n,n-二甲基甲醯胺二乙基 、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺二丙基縮醛、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺 戊基丁基縮醛、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺二-t-丁蕋縮醛、 基-3-P-甲苯三氮烯、1-乙基-3-P-甲苯三氮烯、1-丙基 甲苯三氮烯、4-(4,6-二甲氧基- i,3,5-三氮雜苯-2-基 甲基嗎啉鏺氯化物等等。酯化劑之添加量,相對於聚 酸之重複單位1莫耳,以2〜6莫耳當量爲佳。 上述反應所使用之溶劑,就聚合物之溶解性而言 N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、γ-丁內酯爲 該些可使用1種或將2種以上混合使用。合成時之濃度 不易引起聚合物之析出、且容易得到高分子量體之觀 以1〜30質量%爲佳,以5〜20質量%爲更佳。 (2)由四羧酸二酯二氯化物與二胺之反應而合成之情 聚醯胺酸酯可使四羧酸二酯二氯化物與二胺進行 合反應而合成。 [化 36] 縮醛 二新 1 -甲 -3-p-)-4-醯胺 ,以 佳, ,就 點, 形 縮聚HN—Y^NH (13) (wherein X, Yi, Ri, VIII, and 2 are respectively the same as defined in the above formula (1)). The polyperurethane represented by the above formula (1) can be synthesized by the above methods (1) to (3) using the above monomers. (1) In the case of synthesis from poly-proline. The polyphthalate can be synthesized by esterifying a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a polyamine obtained from a diamine. [化35] Ο Ο -Λχ>-〇ΗH〇-ffxrrYi-N· Ο Α Α*| Α2- ο Ο—I JJ-OR! XRl〇lf 1『¥一丫1,一Ο Ο Α! Α2" Specifically, the polyamic acid and the esterifying agent are allowed to be carried out in the presence of an organic solvent at -20 ° C to 150 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C, for 30 minutes to 24 hours. It is preferably synthesized by a reaction of 1 to 4 hours. The esterifying agent is preferably one which can be easily removed by refining, for example, N,N--28-201206994 dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal, n,n-dimethylformamide diethyl, N,N-dimethylformamide dipropyl acetal, N,N-dimethylformamide pentyl butyl acetal, N,N-dimethylformamide di-t-butyl condensate Aldehyde, -3-P-tolyltriazene, 1-ethyl-3-P-tolyltriazene, 1-propyltoluenetriazene, 4-(4,6-dimethoxy-i, 3,5-triazabenzene-2-ylmethylmorpholinium chloride, etc. The amount of the esterifying agent added is preferably 2 to 6 mole equivalents per 1 mole of the repeating unit of the polyacid. The solvent used in the above reaction, in terms of solubility of the polymer, N,N-dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, and γ-butyrolactone may be used alone or Two or more types are used in combination. The concentration at the time of synthesis is less likely to cause precipitation of the polymer, and it is preferable that the high molecular weight body is easily obtained in an amount of from 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably from 5 to 20% by mass. Synthesis of a carboxylic acid diester dichloride and a diamine to form a tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride The diamine is synthesized and synthesized. [Chemical 36] Acetalic new 1 - methyl-3-p-)-4-decylamine, preferably, in point, shape polycondensation

Ru〇\ %ciRu〇\ %ci

Chif r°. Ο O Ri + HN-YrNH Ai A2 O O-^X^~〇Rl Ri〇lf W一丫1吖_ - Ο O Ai A2- 具體而言,四羧酸二酯二氯化物與二胺可於鹼與 溶劑之存在下,於-20°c〜150°c,較佳爲ot〜50°C中 行3 0分鐘〜24小時,較佳爲1〜4小時反應而合成。 前述鹼,可使用吡啶、三乙基胺、4-二甲基胺基 有機 ,進 吡啶 29 - 201206994 等,就反應得以穩定進行之觀點,以使用吡啶爲佳。鹼之 添加量,就容易去除之量,且容易得到高分子量體之觀點 ,相對於四羧酸二酯二氯化物,以使用2〜4倍莫耳爲佳。 上述反應所使用之溶劑,就單體及聚合物之溶解性而 言,以N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、γ-丁內酯爲佳,該些可使用1 種或將2種以上混合使用》合成時之濃度,就不易引起聚 合物之析出、且容易得到高分子量體之觀點,以1〜30質 量%爲佳,以5〜20質量%爲更佳。又,爲防止四羧酸二酯 二氯化物水解,聚醯胺酸酯之合成所使用之溶劑,以盡可 能進行脫水者爲佳’又以於氮氣雰圍中,可防止外氣混入 者爲佳》 (3)由四羧酸二酯與二胺合成聚醯胺酸之情形 聚醯胺酸酯,可將四羧酸二酯與二胺經縮聚合方式而 合成。 [化 37]Chi r O Ri + HN-YrNH Ai A2 O O-^X^~〇Rl Ri〇lf W丫1吖_ - Ο O Ai A2- Specifically, tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride The diamine can be synthesized by reacting in the presence of a base and a solvent at -20 ° C to 150 ° C, preferably at ot 50 ° C for 30 minutes to 24 hours, preferably 1 to 4 hours. As the base, pyridine, triethylamine, 4-dimethylamino group, pyridine 29 - 201206994 and the like can be used, and pyridine is preferably used from the viewpoint of stable reaction. The amount of the base to be added is easily removed, and the viewpoint of easily obtaining a high molecular weight body is preferably 2 to 4 moles per mole of the tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride. The solvent used for the above reaction is preferably N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone or γ-butyrolactone for the solubility of the monomer and the polymer, and one type or two or more types may be used. In the case of mixing, the concentration at the time of synthesis is less likely to cause precipitation of a polymer and a high molecular weight body is easily obtained, and is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 5 to 20% by mass. Further, in order to prevent hydrolysis of the tetracarboxylic acid diester dichloride, the solvent used for the synthesis of the polyglycolate is preferably as far as possible for dehydration, and it is preferable to prevent the outside air from being mixed in a nitrogen atmosphere. (3) In the case where a polyamic acid is synthesized from a tetracarboxylic acid diester and a diamine, a polyphthalate is synthesized by subjecting a tetracarboxylic acid diester to a diamine by a condensation polymerization method. [化37]

\〇ίΓ • Ο Ο Αι Aq- Ο Ο i Λ-ORi 具體而言,四羧酸二酯與二胺於縮合劑、鹼、有機溶 劑之存在下’於0°C〜150°C,較佳爲0°c〜100°c中,進行 3 0分鐘〜2 4小時’較佳爲3〜1 5小時反應而可合成。 前述縮合劑,可使用三苯基亞磷酸鹽、二環己基碳二 醯亞胺、1-乙基-3-(3-二甲基胺基丙基)碳二醯亞胺鹽酸 -30- 201206994 鹽、N,N’·.羰二咪唑、二甲氧基-1,3,5-三氮雜苯基甲基嗎 咐鑰、0-(苯倂三唑-1·基)-Ν,Ν,Ν’,Ν’-四甲基脲陽離子 四氟硼鹽、〇·(苯倂三唑-1-基)-Ν,Ν,Ν’,Ν’-四甲基脲陽 離子六氟磷酸鹽、(2,3-二氫-2-硫(酮)基-3-苯倂噁唑基 )膦酸二苯酯等。縮合劑之添加量,相對於四羧酸二酯, 以2〜3倍莫耳爲佳。 前述鹼,可使用吡啶、三乙基胺等之三級胺》鹼之添 加量,就容易去除之量,且容易得到高分子量體之觀點, 相對於二胺成分,以2〜4倍莫耳爲佳。 又’上述反應中,使用路易士酸作爲添加劑時可使反 應有效率地進行。路易士酸以氯化鋰、溴化鋰等之鹵化鋰 爲佳。路易士酸之添加量相對於二胺成分以〇〜1.0倍莫耳 爲佳。 上述3個聚醯胺酸酯之合成方法中,就可得到高分子 量之聚醯胺酸酯之觀點,以上述(1)或上述(:2)之合成 法爲特佳。 依上述方法所得之聚醯胺酸醋之溶液,於充分攪拌中 注入貧溶劑時’可析出聚合物。進行數次析出、以貧溶劑 洗淨後’於常溫或加熱乾燥後可得精製之聚醯胺酸酯之粉 末。貧溶劑,並未有特別限定,一般例如水、甲醇、乙醇 、己烷、丁基溶纖素、丙酮、甲苯等等。 <聚醯胺酸之製造方法> 上述式(4)所表示之聚醯胺酸,可將下述式(14) -31 - 201206994 所表示之四羧酸二酐與式(15)所表示之二胺化合物進行 縮聚合反應而可製得。 [化 38]\〇ίΓ • Ο Α Αι Aq- Ο Ο i Λ-ORi Specifically, the tetracarboxylic acid diester and the diamine are in the presence of a condensing agent, a base, and an organic solvent, at 0 ° C to 150 ° C, preferably It can be synthesized in a range of 0 ° c to 100 ° C for 30 minutes to 2 4 hours, preferably 3 to 1 hour. As the condensing agent, triphenyl phosphite, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride -30-201206994 can be used. Salt, N, N'. carbonyldiimidazole, dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazaphenylmethyl oxime, 0-(benzotriazole-1.yl)-oxime, Ν ,Ν',Ν'-tetramethylurea cation tetrafluoroborate, 〇·(benzotriazol-1-yl)-oxime, Ν,Ν',Ν'-tetramethylurea cation hexafluorophosphate, (2,3-Dihydro-2-thio(keto)yl-3-phenyloxazolyl)phosphonic acid diphenyl ester or the like. The amount of the condensing agent to be added is preferably 2 to 3 moles per mole of the tetracarboxylic acid diester. The above-mentioned base can be used in an amount in which the amount of the base of the tertiary amine such as pyridine or triethylamine is easily removed, and it is easy to obtain a high molecular weight body, and is 2 to 4 times the molar amount relative to the diamine component. It is better. Further, in the above reaction, when Lewis acid is used as an additive, the reaction can be efficiently carried out. The Lewis acid is preferably lithium halide such as lithium chloride or lithium bromide. The amount of Lewis acid added is preferably 1.01.0 times moles relative to the diamine component. In the synthesis method of the above three polyglycolates, a high molecular weight polyglycolate can be obtained, and the synthesis method of the above (1) or (2) is particularly preferable. The solution of the polyamido vinegar obtained by the above method can precipitate a polymer when it is injected into a lean solvent with sufficient stirring. After several times of precipitation and washing with a poor solvent, the refined polyphthalate powder can be obtained after normal temperature or heat drying. The poor solvent is not particularly limited and is generally, for example, water, methanol, ethanol, hexane, butyl cellosolve, acetone, toluene or the like. <Production Method of Polylysine> The polyamic acid represented by the above formula (4) can be a tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula (14) -31 - 201206994 and the formula (15) The diamine compound is represented by a polycondensation reaction. [化38]

0 00 0

具體而言’爲將四羧酸二酐與二胺於有機溶劑之存在 下,於-20°C〜150°C,較佳爲0°C〜50°C中,進行30分鐘〜 24小時,較佳爲1〜12小時反應而合成。 上述反應所使用之有機溶劑,就單體及聚合物之溶解 性而言,以N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、γ-丁 內酯爲佳,該些可使用1種或將2種以上混合使用。聚合物 之濃度,就不易引起聚合物之析出、且容易得到高分子量 體之觀點,以1〜30質量%爲佳,以5〜20質量%爲更佳。 依上述方法所得之聚醯胺酸,可於反應溶液於充分攪 拌中注入貧溶劑時,析出聚合物後予以回收。又,進行數 次析出、以貧溶劑洗淨後,於常溫或加熱乾燥結果,可製 得精製之聚醯胺酸的粉末。貧溶劑,並未有特別限定,一 般例如水、甲醇、乙醇、己烷、丁基溶纖素、丙酮、甲苯 等等。 &lt;具有熱解離性保護基之聚醯胺酸酯&gt; 本發明所記載之具有熱解離性保護基之聚醯胺酸酯, -32- 201206994 爲具有上述式(1)所表示之重複單位之聚醯胺酸酯’且 ,滿足下述(i )〜(iii )中任一項之條件的聚醯胺酸酯 〇 (i) 式(1)之X!、Yi或其二者爲具有由下述式(2 )及(3)所成群所選出之至少1種的構造之1價或2價的取 代基。 (ii) 式(1)之Ai'A;!或其二者爲具有由下述式(2 )及(3 )所成群所選出之至少1種的構造之1價或2價的取 代基》 (iii) 式(1)之Χι、Y2或其二者爲具有由下述式(2 )及(3)所成群所選出之至少1種的構造之1價或2價的取 代基,且,A,、A2或其二者爲具有由下述式(2)及(3) 所成群所選出之至少1種的構造的1價或2價的取代基。 [化 39]Specifically, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine are used in the presence of an organic solvent at -20 ° C to 150 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C, for 30 minutes to 24 hours. It is preferably synthesized by reacting for 1 to 12 hours. The organic solvent used in the above reaction is preferably N,N-dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone or γ-butyrolactone in terms of solubility of the monomer and the polymer. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The concentration of the polymer is preferably from 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably from 5 to 20% by mass, from the viewpoint of not easily causing precipitation of the polymer and easily obtaining a high molecular weight body. The polylysine obtained by the above method can be recovered by injecting a polymer when the reaction solution is poured into a poor solvent in a sufficient agitation. Further, after a plurality of precipitations, washing with a poor solvent, and drying at room temperature or heating, a purified polyamic acid powder can be obtained. The poor solvent is not particularly limited, and is generally, for example, water, methanol, ethanol, hexane, butyl cellosolve, acetone, toluene or the like. &lt;Polyurinate having a thermally dissociable protecting group&gt; The polyglycolate having a thermally dissociable protecting group according to the present invention, -32-201206994 is a repeating unit represented by the above formula (1) Polyurethane sulphate </ RTI> and a polyphthalate oxime (i) satisfying the conditions of any one of the following (i) to (iii), wherein X!, Yi or both of the formula (1) have A monovalent or divalent substituent of at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (2) and (3). (ii) Ai'A; or both of the formula (1) is a monovalent or divalent substituent having a structure selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (2) and (3) (iii) The oxime, Y2 or both of the formula (1) are monovalent or divalent substituents having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (2) and (3), Further, A, A2 or both are monovalent or divalent substituents having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (2) and (3). [化39]

Di 〇Di 〇

| II —N— (2) —Βι—^ Ο~~〇2 (3) 式(2)中,〇!爲胺基之保護基,其只要爲經由加熱 而可被氫原子所取代之官能基時’其構造並未有特別限定 。D,,以具有於製得液晶配向膜之際的燒焙溫度之1 5 〜300°C下,可有效地進行解離反應之構造爲佳,以tert-丁 氧羰基或9-蕗基甲氧基羰基爲更佳’以tert-丁氧羰基爲特 佳。 式(3)中,:^爲單鍵或2價之有機基。2價之有機基 中之較佳例示,如可含有醚鍵結、醯胺鍵結、酯鍵結、硫 酯鍵結或硫醚鍵結之伸烷基、伸芳基’或該些組合等。又 -33- 201206994 ,式(3)中,酯基所鍵結之原子爲碳。 〇1爲4^-丁氧羰基或9-莽基甲氧基羰基之以式(2) 所表示之構造的1價或2價之取代基,例如使具有下述式所 示一級或二級之胺基的化合物與二碳酸二-tert-丁基於鹼 之存在下作用之方法,或,具有一級或二級之胺基的化合 物於氯甲酸-9-莽基甲酯鹼存在下作用之方法而製得,只要 爲公知之方法時,並未有特別限定。 [化 40]| II —N— (2) —Βι—^ Ο~~〇2 (3) In the formula (2), 〇! is a protecting group for an amine group, which is a functional group which can be substituted by a hydrogen atom via heating. The structure of the time is not particularly limited. D, the structure which can effectively carry out the dissociation reaction at a baking temperature of at the time of producing the liquid crystal alignment film is preferably tert-butoxycarbonyl or 9-fluorenylmethoxy A carbonyl group is more preferred as a tert-butoxycarbonyl group. In the formula (3), : is a single bond or a divalent organic group. Preferred examples of the divalent organic group, such as an alkyl group, an extended aryl group, or the like, which may contain an ether bond, a guanamine bond, an ester bond, a thioester bond or a thioether bond; . Further, -33-201206994, in the formula (3), the atom to which the ester group is bonded is carbon. 〇1 is a monovalent or divalent substituent of the structure represented by the formula (2) of 4^-butoxycarbonyl or 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl, for example, having the first or second order represented by the following formula Method for the action of an amine-based compound with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate in the presence of a base, or a compound having a primary or secondary amine group in the presence of a 9-mercaptomethyl chloroformate base The preparation is not particularly limited as long as it is a known method. [40]

上述方法所製得之具有取代基之化合物於加成四羧酸 衍生物或其先驅物或二胺化合物或其衍生物時,可合成具 有具經由熱處理而被氫原子所取代之官能基的取代基之四 羧酸衍生物及/或二胺,而可以聚醯胺酸酯之原料製得本 發明之具有熱解離性保護基之聚醯胺酸酯。 式(3)中,〇2爲羧基之保護基,其只要爲經由加熱 而被氫原子所取代之官能基時,其構造並未有特別限定。 D2 ’又以於製得液晶配向膜之際的燒焙溫度之150°C〜 -34- 201206994 以下述 (D2-1 3 00 °C下,可有效地進行解離反應之構造爲佳,又 式(D2-1 )〜(D2-5 )之官能基爲更佳,以下述式 )爲更佳。 [化 41]The compound having a substituent prepared by the above method can be synthesized by adding a tetracarboxylic acid derivative or a precursor thereof or a diamine compound or a derivative thereof, and having a substituent having a functional group substituted by a hydrogen atom by heat treatment. The polycarboxylic acid derivative having the thermally dissociable protecting group of the present invention can be obtained from a raw material of a polyglycolate based on a tetracarboxylic acid derivative and/or a diamine. In the formula (3), hydrazine 2 is a protective group of a carboxyl group, and the structure thereof is not particularly limited as long as it is a functional group substituted by a hydrogen atom via heating. D2' is also used in the production of a liquid crystal alignment film at a temperature of 150 ° C to -34 - 201206994 as follows (D2-1 3 00 ° C, the structure can be effectively dissociated, preferably The functional group of (D2-1) to (D2-5) is more preferably, and the following formula) is more preferable. [化41]

(D2-5) 式(D2-2)中,R1Q爲碳數1〜5之烷基,具體 甲基(Me)基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基,或tert-〇 D2爲上述式(D2-1 )之式(3 )所表示之構造序 取代基,例如可使下述式所示羧基與tert-丁基醇反 法、碳酿氯化合物與tert -丁基醇進行反應之方法, 與鹵化tert-丁基反應之方法而製得,但只要爲公知 時,並未有特別限定之內容。上述方法所製得之具 基之化合物附加於四羧酸衍生物或其先驅物或二胺 或其先驅物’即可合成具有具經由熱處理而被氫原 代之官能基的取代基之四羧酸衍生物及/或二胺, 些作爲聚醯胺酸酯之原料時,即可製得本發明之具 離性保護基之聚酿胺酸酯。 例如, 丁基等 J 1價之 應之方 或羧基 之方法 有取代 化合物 子所取 並以該 有熱解 -35- 201206994(D2-5) In the formula (D2-2), R1Q is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and specific methyl (Me) group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group or tert-〇D2 is The structural substituent represented by the formula (3) of the above formula (D2-1), for example, can react a carboxyl group represented by the following formula with a tert-butyl alcohol counter-method, a carbon-carrying chlorine compound and tert-butyl alcohol. The method is prepared by a method of reacting a halogenated tert-butyl group, but it is not particularly limited as long as it is known. The compound having the base obtained by the above method is added to a tetracarboxylic acid derivative or a precursor thereof or a diamine or a precursor thereof to synthesize a tetracarboxylic acid having a substituent having a functional group hydrogenated by heat treatment. When the acid derivative and/or the diamine are used as a raw material of the polyamidomate, the polyfunctional amine ester having the excipient protecting group of the present invention can be obtained. For example, a method such as a butyl group such as a J 1 valence or a carboxyl group may be substituted with a compound and may be pyrolyzed -35 - 201206994

X: F, Cl, Br, I 本發明之具有熱解離性保護基之聚醯胺酸酯所含有之 構造單位中,式(2)及(3)所成群所選出之至少1種之 取代基的存在位置,可爲式(1 )之X丨、Υι、A丨、A2之任 —位置。其中,式(1)之¥,之構造具有由式(2)及(3 )所成群所選出之至少1種之取代基的形態,及式(1 )之 A!、A2或其二者爲式(2)及(3)所成群所選出之至少1 種之取代基的形態,就合成聚醯胺酸酯之原料的單體時, 就簡便性、及此單體之處理的容易性等觀點而言爲較佳。 本發明之具有熱解離性保護基之聚醯胺酸酯,可含有 式(1)所示’且無論於X丨、γ丨、A丨、A2之任一位置下皆 不存在式(2)及(3)所表示之取代基之構造單位亦可。 式(2)及(3)所表示之取代基的導入量過少時,會降低 聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸之相分離所產生之微細凹凸的抑制 效果’故X丨、Y丨、A丨、&amp;中任—項之位置所存在之式(2 )及(3)所表示之取代基的含有率,以式(!)所表示之 -36- 201206994 構造單位爲基準時,以0.05以上爲佳’以〇· 10以上爲特佳 上述之定義中,例如聚醯胺酸酯所含之式(1)所表 示之構造單位僅爲「式(1)之l及Υι中,分別具有1個由 式(2)及(3)所成群所選出之1種類的取代基,且八,或 A2爲式(2)及(3)所成群所選出之1種類之取代基的構 造單位」之情形,該聚醯胺酸酯中之式(2 )及(3 )所表 示之取代基之含有率爲4·00。 上述式(2)及(3)所表示之具有經由熱處理而被氫 原子所取代之官能基的取代基之具體例如’以下之(D-1 )〜(D-24 )等,但並非限定於該內容。 [化 43] H3CPH3 V/CH3 H3C CH3 0hTCH3 —(CH2)n NH ~0—(C H2)n —NH n = 1 〜10 (D-D η = 1〜10 (D-2) 上XCH2)n-NH{n n = 1~10 CH3 -〇-2-(CH2)n~NH-f CH3 n = WO Ηίξ (D-3) 0 0 (D-4) 9 -.......P ... ^Η-(ΟΗ2)η-ΝΗ-( CH3 η = 1-10 CH33 (D-5) 'HN^(CH2)n-NH-(〇 CHs 1〜10 cfl3 (D-6) 37- 201206994 [化 44] -(CHj)^〇+Sh3 n= 1-10 CH3 (D-7) ch3 十CH3 M〇 CH3 (D-θ) y-〇-(CH2)n ° n = 1H0 (I&gt;9) 一CH3 〇-j—CH3 CH3 n = 1-10 CH3 (D-10) 〇V^CH^〇+Sh3 π =1-10 CH3 (D-11) &gt;(C^〇+ch3 n = 1~10 CH3 (D-12) [化 45] —(εΆέΗ3X: F, Cl, Br, I In the structural unit contained in the polylysine having a thermally dissociable protecting group of the present invention, at least one of the groups selected by the groups of the formulas (2) and (3) is substituted. The position of the base may be the position of X丨, Υι, A丨, and A2 of the formula (1). Wherein, the structure of the formula (1) has a form of at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of the formulas (2) and (3), and A!, A2 or both of the formula (1) For the form of at least one substituent selected in the group of the formulas (2) and (3), the simplicity of the monomer and the ease of handling the monomer are obtained when the monomer of the raw material of the polyphthalate is synthesized. It is preferable from the viewpoint of sex and the like. The polylysine having a thermally dissociable protecting group of the present invention may contain the formula (1) and does not exist in any position of X丨, γ丨, A丨, A2 (2) And the structural unit of the substituent represented by (3) may also be used. When the amount of introduction of the substituent represented by the formulas (2) and (3) is too small, the effect of suppressing the fine concavities and convexities caused by the phase separation of the polyglycolate and the polyamic acid is lowered, so X丨, Y丨, The content ratio of the substituent represented by the formulas (2) and (3) in the position of the —- and the 项--, is based on the -36-201206994 structural unit represented by the formula (!), 0.05 or more is preferable, and 10·10 or more is particularly preferable. For example, the structural unit represented by the formula (1) contained in the polyglycolate is only "in the formula (1) and in the Υι, respectively a substituent having one type selected from the group consisting of formulas (2) and (3), and eight or A2 is a substituent of one type selected by the group of formulas (2) and (3) In the case of the structural unit, the content of the substituent represented by the formulae (2) and (3) in the polyglycolate is 4·00. Specific examples of the substituent having a functional group substituted with a hydrogen atom by heat treatment represented by the above formulas (2) and (3) are, for example, the following (D-1) to (D-24), but are not limited thereto. The content. H3CPH3 V/CH3 H3C CH3 0hTCH3 —(CH2)n NH ~0—(C H2)n —NH n = 1 ~10 (DD η = 1~10 (D-2) on XCH2)n-NH {nn = 1~10 CH3 -〇-2-(CH2)n~NH-f CH3 n = WO Ηίξ (D-3) 0 0 (D-4) 9 -.......P ... ^Η-(ΟΗ2)η-ΝΗ-( CH3 η = 1-10 CH33 (D-5) 'HN^(CH2)n-NH-(〇CHs 1~10 cfl3 (D-6) 37- 201206994 44] -(CHj)^〇+Sh3 n= 1-10 CH3 (D-7) ch3 ten CH3 M〇CH3 (D-θ) y-〇-(CH2)n ° n = 1H0 (I&gt;9) CH3 〇-j—CH3 CH3 n = 1-10 CH3 (D-10) 〇V^CH^〇+Sh3 π =1-10 CH3 (D-11) &gt;(C^〇+ch3 n = 1~10 CH3 (D-12) [化45] —(εΆέΗ3

-〇-(〇H2)n-N CH3 'CH3 o tH2 n = 0-10 (D-13) n=1~10 (D-^) CH3 :H3 h3c^Hj °^〇^ch3 〇V°_(CH2)n'NfcH2-&lt; CH3 (D-15) CH3 ch3 o H31 ch3 H3CwCH^ 、ch3 0-T-CH3 《γπ3 〇 un2—^ JTXM, u-j,- n = i~i〇 (D-16) CH3 n = 1~10 。十CH3 n /n.7. 〇十CH3 n=1~!0(0-18) CH3-〇-(〇H2)nN CH3 'CH3 o tH2 n = 0-10 (D-13) n=1~10 (D-^) CH3 :H3 h3c^Hj °^〇^ch3 〇V°_(CH2 n'NfcH2-&lt; CH3 (D-15) CH3 ch3 o H31 ch3 H3CwCH^, ch3 0-T-CH3 "γπ3 〇un2—^ JTXM, uj,- n = i~i〇(D-16) CH3 n = 1~10. Ten CH3 n /n.7. 〇10 CH3 n=1~!0(0-18) CH3

Ch, n = 1~10 (D-17) CH3 [化 46] 〇 ch3 -(CH2)n-CH』-〇 十 CH3 ' CH3 HN^O n h3^ rw, 0-10 CH3 (D-19) o ch3 -〇-(CH2)n*9H-JL〇-|_CH3 ΗΝ^,Ο CH3 hH^V n = 0-10 h3u CH3 (D-20) —Q 〇 CH3 (CHA-CH-^-O+CHa HN^O CH3 ΠΙΜ^ν^ H3cv〇 n H3C CH3 =0-10 (D-21) [化 47]Ch, n = 1~10 (D-17) CH3 [化46] 〇ch3 -(CH2)n-CH"-〇10CH3 'CH3 HN^O n h3^ rw, 0-10 CH3 (D-19) o ch3 -〇-(CH2)n*9H-JL〇-|_CH3 ΗΝ^,Ο CH3 hH^V n = 0-10 h3u CH3 (D-20) —Q 〇CH3 (CHA-CH-^-O+ CHa HN^O CH3 ΠΙΜ^ν^ H3cv〇n H3C CH3 =0-10 (D-21) [Chem. 47]

A ch3 -nh bcH2)^°f^ 〇HcH2)^°tT q ^ ^ 〇 H-aC n = Π-1Π λ η = Π.1Π HsC^bHa 0-10 (D-21) H3C q n = 0-10 h3c^ch3 (°-22) n = 0-10 h3C^ch3 (_ 〇 CH3 HN-iCHaJn-CH-^O-l-CHs —i HN^O CH3 ° h3〇.〇 n = 〇-l〇 H3C^h3 (D·24) -38- 201206994 又,含有上述式(2)及(3)所表示之具有經由熱處 理而被氫原子所取代之官能基的取代基之二胺化合物,例 如下述式(D-25 )〜(D-35 )以下之二胺化合物,但並非 限定於該些內容。 [化 48]A ch3 -nh bcH2)^°f^ 〇HcH2)^°tT q ^ ^ 〇H-aC n = Π-1Π λ η = Π.1Π HsC^bHa 0-10 (D-21) H3C qn = 0- 10 h3c^ch3 (°-22) n = 0-10 h3C^ch3 (_ 〇CH3 HN-iCHaJn-CH-^Ol-CHs —i HN^O CH3 ° h3〇.〇n = 〇-l〇H3C^ H3 (D.24) -38-201206994 Further, the diamine compound containing a substituent having a functional group substituted with a hydrogen atom by heat treatment represented by the above formulas (2) and (3) is, for example, the following formula ( D-25) The diamine compound of the following (D-35) is not limited to these contents.

[化 49][化49]

〇 ch3 I cHi HN ^h3 ' CH3 叫飞h3 nh2 (D-27) ch3 ch3 H3C-f—〇 0 十 CH3 ch3 &gt;=〇 〇=( ch3 HN-^^--NH (D-28) [化 50]〇ch3 I cHi HN ^h3 ' CH3 called fly h3 nh2 (D-27) ch3 ch3 H3C-f-〇0 ten CH3 ch3 &gt;=〇〇=( ch3 HN-^^--NH (D-28) [ 50]

P-29)P-29)

η2ν-^_/-νη2 (D-30) 、h3c ch3Η2ν-^_/-νη2 (D-30), h3c ch3

NH CH, H3^H33 ㉟NH CH, H3^H33 35

O' yo ch3心亦3 H2N-^_&lt;/-NH2 (D-33) ch3 h3cJ^ch3 〇y〇 ,(CH2)3—NH -nh2 (CH2)3-NH P-31) 〇&lt;λΌ h3cH^ch3 ch3 -39 - 201206994 [化 51]O' yo ch3心也3 H2N-^_&lt;/-NH2 (D-33) ch3 h3cJ^ch3 〇y〇,(CH2)3—NH -nh2 (CH2)3-NH P-31) 〇&lt;λΌ h3cH^ch3 ch3 -39 - 201206994 [化51]

(D-34)(D-34)

(D-35) &lt;液晶配向劑&gt; 本發明之液晶配向劑,爲具有使上述具有熱解離性保 護基之聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸溶解於有機溶劑中所得溶液 之形態。具有熱解離性保護基之聚醯胺酸酯之分子量,重 量平均分子量以2,000〜500,000爲佳,更佳爲5,000〜 300,000,特佳爲1〇,〇〇〇〜1〇〇, 000。又,數平均分子量, 較佳爲1,000〜250,000,更佳爲2,500〜150,000,特佳爲 5,000〜50,000 〇 又,聚醯胺酸之重量平均分子量,較佳爲2,00 0〜 • 40 - 201206994 500,000爲佳,更佳爲5,000〜300,000,特佳爲10,000〜 100,000。又,數平均分子量,較佳爲1,000〜250,000,更 佳爲 2,500 〜150,000,特佳爲 5,000〜50,000。 具有熱解離性保護基之聚醯胺酸酯之分子量較聚醯胺 酸爲更小之情形,更能降低因相分離所形成之微小凹凸。 具有熱解離性保護基之聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸之重量平均 分子量之差較佳爲以1,000〜200,000爲宜,以5,000〜 150,000爲更佳,以10,000〜100,000爲特佳。 本發明之液晶配向劑中,具有熱解離性保護基之聚醯 胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸之含有比例(聚醯胺酸酯/聚醯胺酸) ,依質量基準,以1/9〜9/1爲佳。該比例更佳爲2/8,特佳 爲3/7〜7/3。該比例於此範圍內時,可提供兼具有優良液 晶配向性與電氣特性之液晶配向劑。 本發明之液晶配向劑,只要爲具有熱解離性保護基之 聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯胺酸溶解於有機溶劑中所得之溶液的形 態時,則無須論究其製造方法。例如,使聚醯胺酸酯及聚 醯胺酸之粉末混合’溶解於有機溶劑之方法,使聚醯胺酸 酯之粉末與聚醯胺酸之溶液混合之方法、聚醯胺酸酯溶液 與聚醯胺酸之粉末混合之方法、使聚醯胺酸酯溶液與聚醯 胺酸溶液混合之方法。就溶解聚醯胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸所使 用之良溶劑即使爲相異之情形,也可以得到均勻之聚酿胺 酸酯-聚醯胺酸混合溶液之觀點,以使用使聚醯胺酸酯溶 液與聚醯胺酸溶液混合之方法爲更佳。 又’使具有熱解離性保護基之聚醯胺酸酯及/或聚醯 -41 - 201206994 胺酸爲於有機溶劑中製造之情形,可爲所得反應溶液之形 式,或將該反應溶液使用適當之溶劑稀釋所得者亦可。又 ,具有熱解離性保護基之聚醯胺酸酯以粉末方式製造之情 形,可使用將其溶解於有機溶劑中所得之溶液亦可。 本發明之液晶配向劑中之聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯胺酸(本 發明中,亦有稱爲聚合物之情形)之濃度,可依所欲形成 之塗膜之厚度作適當之變更,但就形成均勻且無缺陷之塗 膜之觀點,以1質量%以上爲佳,就溶液保存安定性之觀點 ,以10質量%以下爲佳。 含有本發明之液晶配向劑之上述有機溶劑,只要可均 勻溶解具有熱解離性保護基之醯胺酸酯及聚醯胺酸之聚合 物成分的溶劑時,並未有特別限定。列舉其具體例時,例 如N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二乙基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙 醯胺、N-甲基·2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-甲基 己內醯胺、2-吡咯啶酮、Ν-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮、二甲基亞 楓、二甲基颯、γ-丁內酯、1,3-二甲基-四氫咪唑酮、3 -甲 氧基-Ν,Ν-二甲基丙醯胺等等。該些可使用1種或將2種以 上混合使用。又,即使爲單獨使用無法均勻溶解聚合物成 分之溶劑時,只要爲未析出聚合物之範圍,亦可與上述有 機溶劑混合。 本發明之液晶配向劑中,添加矽烷偶合劑之情形,可 於聚醯胺酸酯溶液與聚醯胺酸溶液混合之前,添加於聚醯 胺酸酯溶液、聚醯胺酸溶液,或添加於聚醯胺酸酯溶液與 聚醯胺酸溶液二者皆可。又,亦可添加於聚醯胺酸酯-聚 -42- 201206994 醯胺酸混合溶液中。矽烷偶合劑爲提高聚合物與基板之密 著性等目的所添加者,矽烷偶合劑之添加方法例如,添加 於可偏存於膜內部及基板界面之聚醯胺酸溶液中,經聚合 物與矽烷偶合劑充分反應之後,在與聚醯胺酸酯溶液混合 之方法爲更佳。矽烷偶合劑之添加量,過多時,未反應之 物質將會對液晶配向性產生不良影響、過少時將無法顯現 密著性之效果,故對聚合物之固體成份而言,以0.01〜5.0 重量%爲佳,以0 _ 1〜1 .0重量%爲更佳。 本發明之液晶配向劑,除含有爲溶解聚合物爲目的之 有機溶劑以外,可再含有於液晶配向劑塗佈於基板之際可 提高塗膜均勻性之溶劑。該溶劑,一般爲使用表面張力較 上述有機溶劑爲低之溶劑。該具體例如,乙基溶纖素、丁 基溶纖素、乙基卡必醇、丁基卡必醇、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯 、乙二醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、1-乙氧基-2-丙醇、1-丁氧 基-2-丙醇、1-苯氧基-2-丙醇、丙二醇單乙酸酯、丙二醇 二乙酸酯、丙二醇-1-單甲基醚-2 -乙酸酯、丙二醇-1-單乙 基醚-2-乙酸酯、丁基溶纖素乙酸酯、二丙二醇、2_(2_乙 氧丙氧基)丙醇、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸n -丙酯 '乳 酸η-丁酯、乳酸異戊酯等等。該些溶劑可將2種類上合倂 使用亦可。 本發明之液晶配向劑,可含有矽烷偶合劑或交聯劑等 各種添加劑。添加矽烷偶合劑或交聯劑之情形,爲防止聚 合物之析出,而於液晶配向劑中添加貧溶劑之情形,以於 其前添加爲佳。又,燒焙塗膜之際,爲有效地進行聚醯胺 -43 - 201206994 酸酯之醯亞胺化,可添加醯亞胺化促進劑。 以下將列舉矽烷偶合劑之具體例,但可使用於本發明 之液晶配向劑的矽烷偶合劑則並非限定於該些內容中。3 -胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3- (2-胺基乙基)胺基丙基三甲 氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基)胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷 、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3_苯基胺基丙基三甲氧基砂 烷、3-三乙氧基矽烷基-N- ( 1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙基胺 、3-胺基丙基二乙氧基甲基矽烷等之胺系矽烷偶合劑;乙 烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三(2· 甲氧基乙氧基)矽烷、乙烯基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基 三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三異丙氧基矽烷、烯丙基三甲氧基 矽烷、P-苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷等之乙烯基系矽烷偶合劑 ;3-環氧丙氧丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧丙基三乙氧 基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧 丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、2- (3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三 甲氧基矽烷等之環氧基系矽烷偶合劑:3 -甲基丙烯醯氧丙 基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧丙基三甲氧基矽烷 、3-甲基丙烯醯氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯 氧丙基三乙氧基矽烷等之甲基丙烯酸系矽烷偶合劑;3-丙 烯醯氧丙基三甲氧基矽烷等之丙烯酸系矽烷偶合劑;3-脲 基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等之脲基系矽烷偶合劑;雙(3-(三 乙氧基矽烷基)丙基)二硫醚、雙(3-(三乙氧基矽烷基 )丙基)四硫醚等之硫醚系矽烷偶合劑:3 -氫硫基丙基甲 基二甲氧基矽烷、3-氫硫基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-辛醯硫 -44 - 201206994 基-1-丙基三乙氧基矽烷等之氫硫基系矽烷偶合劑;3-異氰 酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-異氰酸酯丙基三甲氧基矽烷等 之異氰酸酯系矽烷偶合劑;三乙氧基矽烷基丁醛等之醛系 矽烷偶合劑;三乙氧基矽烷基丙基甲基胺基甲酸酯、(3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基)-t-丁基胺基甲酸酯等之胺基甲酸酯 系矽烷偶合劑。 聚醯胺酸酯之醯亞胺化促進劑之具體例如以下所列舉 之內容,但本發明之液晶配向劑所可使用之醯亞胺化促進 劑並不僅限定於該些內容。 [化 52] HS^O S--. 0 D-ΝΉΟΗ D-M&gt;T〇l· OH (B-5) (^6)(D-35) &lt;Liquid crystal alignment agent&gt; The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is in the form of a solution obtained by dissolving the polylysine having a thermally dissociable protective group and polylysine in an organic solvent. The molecular weight of the polyamidomate having a thermally dissociable protecting group is preferably from 2,000 to 500,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 300,000, particularly preferably from 1 to 〇〇1, 000. Further, the number average molecular weight is preferably 1,000 to 250,000, more preferably 2,500 to 150,000, particularly preferably 5,000 to 50,000 Å, and the weight average molecular weight of the polyamic acid is preferably 2,00 0 to • 40. - 201206994 500,000 is better, more preferably 5,000~300,000, especially good is 10,000~100,000. Further, the number average molecular weight is preferably from 1,000 to 250,000, more preferably from 2,500 to 150,000, particularly preferably from 5,000 to 50,000. The polyglycolate having a thermally dissociable protecting group has a smaller molecular weight than polyglycolic acid, and can reduce minute irregularities formed by phase separation. The difference in weight average molecular weight of the polylysine having a thermally dissociable protecting group and polyamic acid is preferably from 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 150,000, and particularly preferably from 10,000 to 100,000. In the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, the ratio of the polyamidomate to the polyamido acid having a thermal dissociation protecting group (polyperurethane/polyglycine) is 1/9 of the mass basis. 9/1 is better. The ratio is preferably 2/8, and particularly preferably 3/7 to 7/3. When the ratio is in this range, a liquid crystal alignment agent having both excellent liquid crystal alignment and electrical properties can be provided. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention does not need to be examined as long as it is in the form of a solution obtained by dissolving a polylysine having a thermally dissociable protecting group and a polylysine in an organic solvent. For example, a method in which a powder of a polyphthalate and a poly-proline is mixed and dissolved in an organic solvent, a method in which a powder of a polyphthalate is mixed with a solution of a poly-proline, a polyglycolate solution, and A method of mixing a powder of poly-proline, a method of mixing a polyphthalate solution with a poly-proline solution. In view of the fact that even if the good solvent used for dissolving the polyphthalate and the poly-proline is different, a uniform polyaramate-polyglycine mixed solution can be obtained to use the polyamine. The method of mixing the acid ester solution with the polyaminic acid solution is more preferable. Further, 'the poly-lysine having a thermally dissociable protecting group and/or poly-p-41 - 201206994 amine acid is produced in an organic solvent, may be in the form of the obtained reaction solution, or the reaction solution may be suitably used. The solvent dilution can also be obtained. Further, in the case where the polylysine having a thermally dissociable protecting group is produced in a powder form, a solution obtained by dissolving it in an organic solvent may be used. The concentration of the polyglycolate and polylysine in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention (in the case of the present invention, also referred to as a polymer) can be appropriately changed depending on the thickness of the coating film to be formed. However, from the viewpoint of forming a coating film which is uniform and free from defects, it is preferably 1% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or less from the viewpoint of storage stability of the solution. The organic solvent containing the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can uniformly dissolve the solvent of the polymer component of the lysine having a thermally dissociable protective group and polylysine. Specific examples thereof include, for example, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-diethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone , N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl caprolactam, 2-pyrrolidone, fluorene-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethyl sulfoxide, dimethyl hydrazine, γ - Butyrolactone, 1,3-dimethyl-tetrahydroimidazolidone, 3-methoxy-oxime, guanidine-dimethylpropionamide, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, even if it is a solvent which does not uniformly dissolve the polymer component, it may be mixed with the above organic solvent as long as it does not precipitate a polymer. In the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, when a decane coupling agent is added, it may be added to the polyphthalate solution, the polyaminic acid solution, or added to the polyphthalate solution and the polyaminic acid solution before being mixed. Both the polyamidate solution and the polyaminic acid solution are acceptable. Further, it may be added to a polyphthalate-poly-42-201206994 proline acid mixed solution. The decane coupling agent is added for the purpose of improving the adhesion between the polymer and the substrate, and the method of adding the decane coupling agent is, for example, added to a polyamic acid solution which can be interposed between the inside of the film and the substrate, and the polymer and After the decane coupling agent is sufficiently reacted, it is preferably mixed with the polyamidate solution. When the amount of the decane coupling agent is too large, the unreacted substance will have an adverse effect on the liquid crystal alignment property, and when it is too small, the adhesion effect will not be exhibited, so the solid content of the polymer is 0.01 to 5.0 weight. % is preferably, preferably 0 _ 1 to 1.0% by weight. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain a solvent which improves the uniformity of the coating film when the liquid crystal alignment agent is applied to the substrate, in addition to the organic solvent for the purpose of dissolving the polymer. The solvent is generally a solvent which has a lower surface tension than the above organic solvent. Specifically, for example, ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, ethyl carbitol, butyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol acetate, ethylene glycol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, 1-butoxy-2-propanol, 1-phenoxy-2-propanol, propylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol-1-single Methyl ether-2 -acetate, propylene glycol-1-monoethyl ether-2-acetate, butyl cellosolve acetate, dipropylene glycol, 2_(2-ethoxypropoxy)propanol, lactate A Ester, ethyl lactate, n-propyl lactate, η-butyl lactate, isoamyl lactate, and the like. These solvents can be used in combination of the two types. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may contain various additives such as a decane coupling agent or a crosslinking agent. In the case where a decane coupling agent or a crosslinking agent is added, in order to prevent precipitation of the polymer, a poor solvent is added to the liquid crystal alignment agent, and it is preferred to add it beforehand. Further, in the case of baking the coating film, in order to effectively carry out the ruthenium imidization of the polyamine-43 - 201206994 acid ester, a ruthenium hydride promoter can be added. Specific examples of the decane coupling agent will be listed below, but the decane coupling agent to be used in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is not limited to these contents. 3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, 3-(2-aminoethyl)aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-(2-aminoethyl)aminopropylmethyldimethoxy Baseline, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-phenylaminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-triethoxydecyl-N-(1,3-dimethyl-butylene) An amine decane coupling agent such as propylamine or 3-aminopropyldiethoxymethyl decane; vinyl trimethoxy decane, vinyl triethoxy decane, vinyl tris (2 methoxy) Ethoxy)decane, vinylmethyldimethoxydecane, vinyltriethoxydecane, vinyltriisopropoxydecane,allyltrimethoxydecane, P-styryltrimethoxydecane Vinyl decane coupling agent; 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxy An epoxy-based decane coupling agent such as decane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxydecane or 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane: 3-A Acryl isopropyloxymethyl dimethoxy decane, 3- a methacrylic decane couple such as a propylene propylene oxypropyl trimethoxy decane, a 3-methyl propylene methoxypropyl methyl diethoxy decane, a 3-methyl propylene oxypropyl triethoxy decane Mixture; 3-acrylic decane coupling agent such as propylene oxypropyltrimethoxy decane; urea-based decane coupling agent such as 3-ureidopropyltriethoxy decane; bis(3-(triethoxy) Sulfonyl decane coupling agent such as decyl)propyl)disulfide or bis(3-(triethoxydecyl)propyl)tetrasulfide: 3-hydrothiopropylmethyldimethoxy Hydrogenthio-based decane coupling agent such as decane, 3-hydrothiopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-octyl sulfonium-44 - 201206994 -1-propyltriethoxy decane; 3-isocyanate propyl three Isocyanate decane coupling agent such as ethoxy decane or 3-isocyanate propyl trimethoxy decane; aldehyde decane coupling agent such as triethoxy decyl butyl aldehyde; triethoxy decyl propyl methylamino group A urethane-based decane coupling agent such as a formate or (3-triethoxydecylpropyl)-t-butylcarbamate. Specific examples of the ruthenium imidization accelerator of polyglycolate are as follows, but the ruthenium-improving accelerator which can be used for the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is not limited to these contents. [Chem. 52] HS^O S--. 0 D-ΝΉΟΗ D-M&gt;T〇l· OH (B-5) (^6)

(B-1) (B-2) [化 53](B-1) (B-2) [Chem. 53]

D-NH OH (B-9)D-NH OH (B-9)

D-NH OH (B-10)D-NH OH (B-10)

D-NH OH (B-11) D OH (B-12)D-NH OH (B-11) D OH (B-12)

D-NHD-NH

D-NH OH (B-15)D-NH OH (B-15)

(B-16)(B-16)

上述式(B-1 ) (B-17)中之D,各自獨立表示tert--45- 201206994 丁氧羰基,或9-弗基甲氧基羰基。又,(Β-Μ)〜(Β_ΐ7 )中’ 一個式中存在複數個D時,其可相互爲相同或相異 皆可。 醯亞胺化促進劑之含量,只要可得到促進聚醯胺酸酯 之熱醯亞胺化之效果的範圍,並未有特別限制。槪言之, 若欲表示其下限時,相對於聚醯胺酸酯所含之下述式(16 )之醯胺酸酯部位1莫耳,較佳爲〇.〇1莫耳以上,更佳爲 〇.〇5莫耳以上,最佳爲莫耳以上等。又,就殘留於燒焙 後之膜中的醯亞胺化促進劑本體,其留存量就降低至會對 液晶配向膜之各種特性造成不良影響之最低量等觀點,槪 言之,若欲表示其上限時,相對於本發明之聚醯胺酸酯所 含之下述式(16)之醯胺酸酯部位1莫耳,醯亞胺化促進 劑較佳爲2莫耳以下,更佳爲丨莫耳以下、最佳爲〇 5莫耳 以下等。 [化 54] Ο II Η ,C—N- (16)D in the above formula (B-1) (B-17) each independently represents tert--45-201206994 butoxycarbonyl, or 9-fosylmethoxycarbonyl. Further, when a plurality of Ds exist in one formula (Β-Μ)~(Β_ΐ7), they may be the same or different from each other. The content of the ruthenium iodide promoter is not particularly limited as long as the effect of promoting the heat imidization of the polyglycolate is obtained. In other words, if the lower limit is to be expressed, it is preferably 〇.〇1 mol or more, preferably more than 1 mole of the phthalate moiety of the following formula (16) contained in the polyphthalate. For more than 5 moles, the best is more than Moer. Further, the main body of the hydrazine imidization promoter remaining in the film after baking is reduced to a minimum amount which adversely affects various characteristics of the liquid crystal alignment film, in other words, if desired When it is an upper limit, it is preferably 2 mol or less, more preferably 2 mol or less, based on the valinate moiety of the following formula (16) contained in the polyglycolate of the present invention. Below the Moh, the best is below 5 Mo.化 II Η , C—N- (16)

C一ORC-OR

II ο 添加醯亞胺化促進劑之情形中,因可經由加熱進行醯 亞胺化處理’故以使用良溶劑及貧溶劑稀釋後再添加爲佳 &lt;液晶配向膜&gt; -46 - 201206994 本發明之液晶配向膜爲,將依上述方法所得之液晶配 向劑塗佈於基板,經乾燥、燒焙所得之塗膜•必要時可對 該塗膜面進行摩擦等之配向處理◊ 可塗佈本發明之液晶配向劑之基板,只要爲具有高透 明性之基板時,並未有特別限定,其可使用玻璃基板、氮 化矽基板、丙烯酸基板或聚碳酸酯基板等之塑膠基板等。 又以使用爲進行液晶驅動之目的而形成ITO電極等之基板 時,就使製程簡單化之觀點而言爲較佳。又,反射型之液 晶顯示元件因僅於單側之基板,故也可使用矽晶圓等不透 明之物質,此情形中,電極亦可使用鋁等可反射光線之材 料。本發明之液晶配向劑之塗佈方法,例如旋轉塗佈法、 印刷法、噴墨法等等。 塗佈本發明之液晶配向劑後之乾燥、燒焙步驟,可選 擇任意之溫度與時間。通常,就充分去除所含有之有機溶 劑等觀點,以於50°c〜120°c下乾燥1分鐘〜10分鐘,其後 再於150°C〜300°C下燒焙5分鐘〜120分鐘。燒焙後之塗膜 的厚度,並未有特別限定,一般而言,過薄時可能會有降 低液晶顯示元件信頼性之疑慮,5〜300 nm,較佳爲10〜 2 00 nm 〇 對該塗膜進行配向處理之方法,例如摩擦法、光配向 處理法等,但本發明之液晶配向劑對於使用光配向處理法 之情形特別有用。 光配向處理法之具體例如,以偏光向特定方向能量線 照射前述塗膜表面,必要時再以150〜25 0°C之溫度進行加 -47- 201206994 熱處理’以賦予其液晶配向能量之方法等。亦可使用頓射 線之波長爲具有100 nm〜800 nm波長之紫外線或可見光線 。其中’以使用具有1 00 nm〜400 nm之波長的紫外線爲佳 ’以具有200 nm〜400 nm之波長者爲特佳。又,就改善液 晶配向性等觀點,以將塗膜基板於加熱至50〜25(TC中, 再使用輻射線照射亦可。前述配向處理等中,輻射線之照 射量,以1〜1 0,000 mJ/cm2之範圍爲佳,以100〜5,000 mJ/cm2之範圍爲特佳。 依以上方式所製作之液晶配向膜,其液晶分子可於特 定方向下形成安定配向。 【實施方式】 [實施例] 以下將列舉實施例對本發明作更詳細之說明,但本發 明並不受該些內容所限定。 以下內容中’本實施例及比較例所使用之化合物的簡 稱,及各種特性之測定方法係如以下所示。 1,3DMCBDE-C1:二甲 雙(氯幾基)-l,3-二甲 基環丁烷-2,4-二羧酸酯 DA-1 :上述式(D-25 ) BDA: 1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸二酐 CBDA: 1,2,3,4 -環丁烷四羧酸二酐 NMP: N -甲基-2-吡咯啶酮 γ-BL : γ·丁內酯 -48- 201206994 BCS : 丁基溶纖素 PAE :聚醯胺酸酯 PAA :聚醯胺酸 DA-2 :上述式(D-29 ) DA-3 :上述式(D-30 ) D A-4 :上述式(D-28 ) D A-5 :上述式(DA-32 ) DA-6:上述式(DA-35)之 η DA-7 :下述式(DA-7 ) DA-8 :下述式(DA-8 ) DAH-1 :下述式(DAH-1 ) DAH-2 :下述式(DAH-2 ) AD-1 :下述式(AD-1 ) AD-2:下述式(AD-2) AD-3:下述式(AD-3) AD-4:下述式(AD-4) -49 - 201206994 [化 55]II ο In the case where a ruthenium hydride promoter is added, since it can be subjected to hydrazine imidization by heating, it is preferably added after dilution with a good solvent and a poor solvent; liquid crystal alignment film &gt; -46 - 201206994 In the liquid crystal alignment film of the invention, the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained by the above method is applied to a substrate, and the coating film obtained by drying and baking is applied. If necessary, the coating film surface may be subjected to an alignment treatment such as rubbing. The substrate of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a substrate having high transparency, and a plastic substrate such as a glass substrate, a tantalum nitride substrate, an acrylic substrate or a polycarbonate substrate can be used. Further, when a substrate such as an ITO electrode is used for the purpose of liquid crystal driving, it is preferable from the viewpoint of simplifying the process. Further, since the reflective liquid crystal display element is only a single-sided substrate, an opaque substance such as a germanium wafer can be used. In this case, a material such as aluminum which reflects light can be used as the electrode. The coating method of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, for example, a spin coating method, a printing method, an ink jet method, or the like. The drying and baking steps after the application of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may be carried out at any temperature and time. Usually, the organic solvent and the like are sufficiently removed, and dried at 50 ° C to 120 ° C for 1 minute to 10 minutes, and then baked at 150 ° C to 300 ° C for 5 minutes to 120 minutes. The thickness of the coating film after baking is not particularly limited. Generally, when it is too thin, there may be a fear of lowering the reliability of the liquid crystal display element, 5 to 300 nm, preferably 10 to 2 00 nm. The coating film is subjected to an alignment treatment such as a rubbing method or a photo-alignment treatment method, but the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is particularly useful for the case of using a photo-alignment treatment method. Specifically, for example, a method of irradiating the surface of the coating film with a polarized light in a specific direction, and if necessary, adding a heat treatment of -47 to 201206994 at a temperature of 150 to 25 0 ° C to impart a liquid crystal alignment energy thereto. . It is also possible to use a wavelength of the ray to be ultraviolet or visible light having a wavelength of 100 nm to 800 nm. Among them, it is preferable to use ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 100 nm to 400 nm, and it is particularly preferable to have a wavelength of 200 nm to 400 nm. Further, in order to improve the liquid crystal alignment property, the coating substrate may be heated to 50 to 25 (TC, and radiation may be used. In the alignment treatment or the like, the irradiation amount of the radiation is 1 to 10,000. The range of mJ/cm2 is preferably in the range of 100 to 5,000 mJ/cm2. The liquid crystal alignment film produced by the above method can form a stable alignment in a specific direction. [Embodiment] [Examples] The present invention will be described in more detail below by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited by the above. In the following, the abbreviations of the compounds used in the examples and comparative examples, and the measuring methods of various characteristics are As shown below. 1,3DMCBDE-C1: Metbis(chloro-yl)-l,3-dimethylcyclobutane-2,4-dicarboxylate DA-1: Formula (D-25) above BDA: 1,2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylic dianhydride CBDA: 1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone γ-BL : γ·butyrolactone-48- 201206994 BCS : butyl-cellulosin PAE: polyphthalate PAA: poly-proline DA-2: the above formula (D-29) DA-3: the above formula (D-30) D A-4 : Formula (D-28) D A-5 : Formula (DA-32) DA-6: η DA-7 of the above formula (DA-35): Formula (DA-7) DA-8: Formula (DA-8) DAH-1 : Formula (DAH-1 ) DAH-2 : Formula (DAH-2 ) AD-1 : Formula (AD-1): AD-2: Formula ( AD-2) AD-3: Formula (AD-3) below AD-4: Formula (AD-4) -49 - 201206994 [Chem. 55]

(DA-8)(DA-8)

[黏度] 合成例中,聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯胺酸溶液之黏度,爲使 用E型黏度計TVE-22H (東機產業公司製),樣品量1.1 mL、錐形攪拌機TE-1 ( 1°34’、R24 )、溫度25°C所測定者 -50- 201206994 [分子量] 又,聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲使用GPC (常溫凝膠滲透 色層分析儀)裝置予以測定,以聚乙二醇、聚環氧乙烷換 算値算出數平均分子量(以下,亦稱爲Μη)與重量平均分 子量(以下,亦稱爲Mw )。 GPC裝置:Shodex公司製(GPC-101 ) 管柱:Shodex·公司製(KD803、KD805之直列式)[Viscosity] In the synthesis example, the viscosity of the polyphthalate and the polyaminic acid solution was measured using an E-type viscometer TVE-22H (manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.), a sample volume of 1.1 mL, and a conical mixer TE-1 ( 1°34', R24), temperature 25 °C measured -50-201206994 [Molecular weight] Further, the molecular weight of polyglycolate was measured using a GPC (Crystal Gel Permeation Chromatography Analyzer) device to collect The number average molecular weight (hereinafter also referred to as Μη) and the weight average molecular weight (hereinafter also referred to as Mw) were calculated in terms of ethylene glycol and polyethylene oxide. GPC device: manufactured by Shodex Co., Ltd. (GPC-101) Pipe column: manufactured by Shodex Co., Ltd. (inline type of KD803, KD805)

管柱溫度:50°C 溶離液:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺(添加劑爲溴化鋰-水和 物(LiBr.H2〇)爲30 mmol/L、磷酸.無水結晶(〇 -碟酸 )爲 30mmol/L、四氫咲喃(THF)爲 10ml/L) 流速:1.0 ml/分鐘 製作檢量線之標準樣品:東曹公司製TSK標準聚環氧 乙烷(重量平均分子量(Mw)約900,000、150,000、 100.000、 3 0,000 ),及 PolymerLaboratories公司製聚乙二 醇(波峰頂部分子量(Mp)約12,000、4,000、1,000)。 測定時,爲避免波峰重疊,分別測定9 0 0,0 0 0、1 0 0,0 0 0、 1 2,000、1,000等4種類混合所得之樣品,及1 50,000、 30.000、 4,000之3種類混合之樣品等2樣品。 [中心線的平均粗度之測定] 將使用旋轉塗佈法塗佈所得之液晶配向劑之塗膜,於 -51 - 201206994 溫度80°C之熱壓板上乾燥5分鐘,以溫度25 0°C之熱風循環 式烘箱進行1小時之燒焙,形成膜厚1〇〇 nm之塗膜。使用 原子力顯微鏡(AFM )觀察該塗膜之膜表面、測定膜表面 之中心線的平均粗度(Ra ),以評估膜表面之平坦性。 測定裝置:L-trace偵測顯微鏡(SII ·科技公司製) [電壓保持率] 將液晶配向劑旋轉塗佈於附有透明電極之玻璃基板上 ,於溫度80°C之熱壓板上乾燥5分鐘,以250°C之熱風循環 式烘箱經過60分鐘之燒焙,形成膜厚100 nm之塗膜。將 254 nm之紫外線以100 mJ/cm2介由偏光板照射該塗膜面, 得附有液晶配向膜之基板。準備2片前述附有液晶配向膜 之基板,一側之基板的液晶配向膜面散佈直徑6 μιη之粒狀 調距器後,將2片之基板以配向爲逆平行之方式組合,於 僅留存液晶注入口以外,其他周圍皆予以密封,而製得晶 胞間隙爲6 μιη之空晶胞。於常溫下將液晶(MLC-204 1、 Merck公司製)以真空注入該空晶胞,將注入口封閉後製 得液晶晶胞。 上述液晶晶胞之電壓保持率的測定方法爲依以下方式 進行。 將4V之電壓施加60μ3,測定16.67ms後之電壓的方式 ,計算由初期値所產生之變動作爲電壓保持率。測定之際 ,將液晶晶胞之溫度設定爲23°C、6(TC、90°C,並測定其 各別之溫度。 •52- 201206994 [離子密度] 上述液晶晶胞之離子密度的測定爲依以下方式進行。 使用東陽科技公司製之6254型液晶物性評估裝置進行 測定。施加10V、0.01Hz之三角波’以三角形近似法算出 所得波形之相當於離子密度之面積,作爲離子密度。測定 之際,將液晶晶胞之溫度設定爲23°C ' 60。(:,並測定其各 別之溫度。 [FFS驅動液晶晶胞之交流驅動燒附] 以旋轉塗佈法將液晶配向劑塗佈於玻璃基板上形成有 第1層之電極形狀爲膜厚50 nm之IT Ο電極、第2層之絶緣膜 形狀爲膜厚5〇〇 nm之氮化矽、第3層爲作爲電極之梳狀的 ITO電極(電極寬:3 μιη、電極間隔:6 μηι、電極高度: 50 nm)的邊緣電場切換(Fringe Field Switching:以下 ,亦稱爲FFS)驅動用電極的玻璃基板上。於80°C之熱壓 板上乾燥5分鐘後’以250 °C之熱風循環式供箱進行60分鐘 之燒焙’形成膜厚1 〇〇 nm之塗膜。將254 nm之紫外線以 1 00 mJ/cm2介由偏光板照射該塗膜面,得附有液晶配向膜 之基板。又,對向基板之未形成電極之具有高度4 μιη之柱 狀調距器的玻璃基板,亦依相同方法形成塗膜,施以配向 處理。 將上述2片之基板作爲一組,於基板上印刷密封劑, 將另一片基板,以面向液晶配向膜面之配向方向爲0。之方 -53- 201206994 式貼合後,將密封劑硬化以製作空晶胞。於此空晶胞中, 使用減壓注入法注入液晶MLC-2041 ( Merck公司製),封 閉注入口,得FFS驅動液晶晶胞。 測定此FFS驅動液晶晶胞於58°C之溫度下的V-T特性( 電壓-透過率特性)後、施加4小時之±4V/1 20Hz的矩形波 。4小時後,切斷電壓,於58°C之溫度下放置60分鐘後, 再度測定其V-T特性,算出施加矩形波前後之透過率爲 50 °/〇時之電壓的差。 [電荷蓄積特性之評估] 將上述FFS驅動液晶晶胞放置於光源上,測定V-T特性 (電壓-透過率特性)後,測定施加±1.5V/60Hz之矩形波 的狀態下之透過率(Ta)。隨後,施加±1.5V/6 0Hz之矩形 波10分鐘間後,將直流IV重疊,驅動30分鐘。切斷直流電 壓,測定經交流驅動1〇分鐘後之透過率(Tb ) ,1\與Ta之 差算出殘留於液晶顯示元件內之電壓所產生之透過率的差 (a.)二甲基1,3-雙(氯羰基)-1,3-二甲基環丁烷-2,4-二 羧酸酯(1,3DMCBDE-C1)之合成 (a-Ι)四羧酸二烷酯之合成 -54- 201206994 [化 56]Column temperature: 50 ° C Dissolution: N,N-dimethylformamide (additive is lithium bromide - water and Li (HBr) is 30 mmol / L, phosphoric acid. Anhydrous crystals (〇-dish acid) 30 mmol/L, tetrahydrofuran (THF) 10 ml/L) Flow rate: 1.0 ml/min Standard sample for the calibration line: TSK standard polyethylene oxide manufactured by Tosoh Corporation (weight average molecular weight (Mw) approx. 900,000, 150,000, 100.000, 3,000), and polyethylene glycol (a peak top molecular weight (Mp) of about 12,000, 4,000, 1,000) manufactured by Polymer Laboratories. In the measurement, in order to avoid overlapping of the peaks, samples of 4 kinds of mixed materials such as 900, 0 0 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0, 1 2,000, and 1,000, and 3 types of 1 50,000, 30.000, and 4,000 were respectively measured. Mix 2 samples such as samples. [Measurement of Average Thickness of Center Line] The coating film of the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained by spin coating was dried on a hot plate at -51 - 201206994 temperature of 80 ° C for 5 minutes at a temperature of 25 ° ° The hot air circulating oven of C was baked for 1 hour to form a coating film having a film thickness of 1 〇〇 nm. The film surface of the coating film was observed by an atomic force microscope (AFM), and the average thickness (Ra) of the center line of the film surface was measured to evaluate the flatness of the film surface. Measuring device: L-trace detection microscope (manufactured by SII Technology Co., Ltd.) [Voltage retention rate] The liquid crystal alignment agent was spin-coated on a glass substrate with a transparent electrode and dried on a hot plate at a temperature of 80 ° C. In a minute, a hot air circulating oven of 250 ° C was baked for 60 minutes to form a coating film having a film thickness of 100 nm. The 254 nm ultraviolet light was irradiated onto the coating film surface at 100 mJ/cm2 through a polarizing plate to obtain a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film. Two sheets of the substrate with the liquid crystal alignment film are prepared, and the liquid crystal alignment film surface of the substrate on one side is dispersed with a particle sizer having a diameter of 6 μm, and then the two substrates are combined in an antiparallel manner in the alignment direction, and only remain. Outside the liquid crystal injection port, the other surrounding portions were sealed, and an empty cell with a cell gap of 6 μm was obtained. Liquid crystal (MLC-204 1, manufactured by Merck) was injected into the empty cell at a normal temperature, and the liquid crystal cell was obtained by blocking the injection port. The method for measuring the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell is carried out in the following manner. A voltage of 4 V was applied to 60 μ3, and the voltage after 16.67 ms was measured, and the fluctuation caused by the initial enthalpy was calculated as the voltage holding ratio. In the measurement, the temperature of the liquid crystal cell was set to 23 ° C, 6 (TC, 90 ° C, and the respective temperatures were measured. • 52 - 201206994 [Ion Density] The ion density of the liquid crystal cell was measured. The measurement was carried out in the following manner. The measurement was carried out using a 6254 liquid crystal physical property evaluation device manufactured by Toyo Kogyo Co., Ltd. The triangular wave of 10 V and 0.01 Hz was applied to calculate the area corresponding to the ion density of the obtained waveform by a triangle approximation as the ion density. The temperature of the liquid crystal cell is set to 23 ° C ' 60. (:, and the respective temperatures are measured. [AC-driven burn-in of the FFS-driven liquid crystal cell] The liquid crystal alignment agent is applied by spin coating On the glass substrate, an IT crucible electrode having a first layer electrode shape of 50 nm and a second layer insulating film having a thickness of 5 nm and a third layer having a comb shape as an electrode is formed. The edge electric field switching (Fringe Field Switching: hereinafter, also referred to as FFS) of the ITO electrode (electrode width: 3 μm, electrode spacing: 6 μηι, electrode height: 50 nm) was performed on a glass substrate of an electrode for driving at 80 ° C. 5 minutes on the hot plate After the clock, the film was baked at a temperature of 250 ° C for 60 minutes to form a film having a film thickness of 1 〇〇 nm. The ultraviolet film of 254 nm was irradiated with a polarizing plate at 100 mJ/cm 2 . In addition, a substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film is attached, and a glass substrate having a columnar distance controller having a height of 4 μm which is not formed on the opposite substrate is formed into a coating film by the same method, and is subjected to alignment treatment. The two substrates are printed as a group, and the sealing agent is printed on the substrate, and the other substrate is oriented in the direction of the alignment of the liquid crystal alignment film surface. After the bonding is performed, the sealing agent is hardened to make an empty space. In this empty cell, liquid crystal MLC-2041 (manufactured by Merck) was injected by a vacuum injection method, and the injection port was closed to obtain a liquid crystal cell by FFS. The temperature of the FFS-driven liquid crystal cell at 58 ° C was measured. After the lower VT characteristic (voltage-transmittance characteristic), a rectangular wave of ±4 V/1 20 Hz was applied for 4 hours. After 4 hours, the voltage was cut off and placed at a temperature of 58 ° C for 60 minutes, and then the VT was measured again. Characteristics, calculate the transmittance before and after the application of a rectangular wave is 50 ° / [Evaluation of voltage accumulation characteristics] [Evaluation of charge accumulation characteristics] The FFS-driven liquid crystal cell was placed on a light source, and VT characteristics (voltage-transmittance characteristics) were measured, and then a rectangular wave of ±1.5 V/60 Hz was applied. The transmittance (Ta). Then, after applying a rectangular wave of ±1.5 V/60 0 Hz for 10 minutes, the DC IV was overlapped and driven for 30 minutes. The DC voltage was cut off, and the transmittance after 1 minute of AC driving was measured ( Tb), the difference between 1 and Ta, the difference in transmittance (a.) dimethyl 1,3-bis(chlorocarbonyl)-1,3-dimethyl ring produced by the voltage remaining in the liquid crystal display element Synthesis of Butane-2,4-Dicarboxylate (1,3DMCBDE-C1) Synthesis of (a-Ι)Dicarboxylic Acid Dialkyl Ester-54- 201206994 [化56]

於氮氣流下,3L (公升)之四口燒瓶中,置入丨,3 -二 甲基環丁烷._1,2,3,4-四羧酸二酐(式(5-1 )之化合物,以 下,簡稱爲 1,3-DM-CBDA) 220g( 0.981 m〇l),與甲醇 2200g ( 6·8 7 mol,相對於 1,3-DM-CBDA爲 l〇wt倍),於 65 °C下進行加熱迴流中,以30分鐘形成均勻之溶液。反應 溶液於該狀態、加熱迴流下進行4小時30分鐘之攪拌。該 反應液使用高速液體色層分析儀(以下,簡稱爲HPLC ) 進行測定。 將該反應液使用蒸發器餾除溶劑後,加入乙酸乙酯 1 3 0 1 g後加熱至8 0 °C ’進行3 0分鐘之迴流。隨後,以每1 〇 分鐘2〜3°C之速度將內溫冷卻至25 °C爲止,於該狀態、 25 °C下攪拌30分鐘。將析出之白色結晶以過濾方式取出, 再將此結晶以乙酸乙酯1 4 1 g洗淨2次之後,經減壓乾燥後 ,得白色結晶l〇3.97g。 此結晶經使用4 NMR分析,及X線解析其結晶構造結 果,確認其爲化合物(1_1 ) ( HPLC之相對面積97.5% ) (產率 3 6 _ 8 % )。 *H NMR ( DMSO-d6,5ppm ) ; 12.82 ( s,2H), 3.60 ( s &gt; 6H ) ,3.39(s,2H) . 1.40 ( s &gt; 6H )。 -55- 201206994 (a-2 ) 1,3-DM-CBDE-Cl 之合成 [化 57]Under a nitrogen flow, a 3 L (liter) four-necked flask was charged with hydrazine, 3-dimethylcyclobutane._1,2,3,4-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (a compound of formula (5-1), Hereinafter, referred to as 1,3-DM-CBDA) 220g (0.981 m〇l), with methanol 2200g (6.87 mol, l〇wt times relative to 1,3-DM-CBDA), at 65 °C The mixture was heated under reflux to form a homogeneous solution in 30 minutes. The reaction solution was stirred in this state under heating and reflux for 4 hours and 30 minutes. This reaction liquid was measured using a high-speed liquid chromatography analyzer (hereinafter abbreviated as HPLC). After the solvent was distilled off using an evaporator, ethyl acetate 1 3 0 1 g was added, and the mixture was heated to 80 ° C to reflux for 30 minutes. Subsequently, the internal temperature was cooled to 25 ° C at a rate of 2 to 3 ° C per 1 minute, and stirred at 25 ° C for 30 minutes in this state. The precipitated white crystals were taken out by filtration, and the crystals were washed twice with ethyl acetate (1,1 g), and then dried under reduced pressure to give white crystals of 3.97 g. This crystal was analyzed by 4 NMR, and the crystal structure was analyzed by X-ray to confirm that it was Compound (1_1) (relative area of HPLC: 97.5%) (yield 3 6 -8 %). *H NMR (DMSO-d6, 5 ppm); 12.82 (s, 2H), 3.60 (s &gt; 6H), 3.39 (s, 2H). 1.40 (s &gt; 6H). -55- 201206994 (a-2 ) Synthesis of 1,3-DM-CBDE-Cl [Chem. 57]

於氮氣流下,3L之四口燒瓶中’加入化合物(1-1) 234.15g ( 0.81 mol ) 、n-庚烷 1170.77g ( 11.68 mol. 5wt 倍 )後,再加入吡啶0.64g(0.01 mol) ’使用磁性攪拌機於 攪拌下加熱攪拌至75 °C爲止。隨後,以1小時時間滴入亞 磺醯氯289.93g(11.68 mol)。滴下後立即開始發泡,滴 下結束30分鐘後反應溶液形成均勻溶液,發泡停止。隨後 於該狀態下,於75°C下攪拌1小時30分鐘後,於蒸發器、 40°C水浴中,將溶劑餾除至內容量達924.42g爲止。再將其 於60°C下加熱,使餾除溶劑時所析出之結晶溶解,於60°C 下進行熱過濾餾出不溶物之後,將濾液以每1 0分鐘1 °C之 速度冷卻至2 5 °C。於該狀態、2 5 t下攪拌3 0分鐘後,將析 出之白色結晶以過濾方式取出,將該結晶使用η-庚烷 2 64.2 lg洗淨。將其經減壓乾燥後,得白色結晶226.09g。 隨後於氮氣流下,3L之四口燒瓶中,加入依上述所得 之白色結晶226.09g、η-庚烷452.18g後,於60。(:下加熱攪 拌使結晶溶解。隨後,以每1 0分鐘1。(:之速度冷卻攪拌至 2 5 °C爲止,使結晶析出。於該狀態、2 5 t下攪拌1小時後, 將析出之白色結晶以過濾方式取出,該結晶使用η-己烷 1 1 3.04 g洗淨後’減壓乾燥後得白色結晶2 〇 3 9丨g。此結晶 -56- 201206994 經使用4 NMR分析結果,確認化合物(3-1 )即爲二甲基_ 1,3-雙(氯羰基)-1,3-二甲基環丁烷-2,4-二羧酸酯(1,3_ DM-CBDE-C1 ) (HPLC之相對面積99.5%)(產率 77.2%) 〇 'H NMR ( CDC13 &gt; 5ppm) : 3.78 ( s,6H) ,3.72 ( s ,2H ) ,1.69 ( s,6H )。 (合成例1 ) 經以下所示4步驟之製程合成二胺化合物(DA-1)。 第1步驟:化合物(A5)之合成Under a nitrogen flow, a compound (1-1) 234.15g (0.81 mol) and n-heptane 1170.77g (11.68 mol. 5wt times) were added to a three-liter four-necked flask, followed by the addition of pyridine 0.64 g (0.01 mol). The mixture was heated and stirred to 75 ° C with stirring using a magnetic stirrer. Subsequently, 289.93 g (11.68 mol) of sulfinium chloride was added dropwise over 1 hour. Foaming started immediately after the dropping, and the reaction solution formed a uniform solution 30 minutes after the completion of the dropping, and the foaming was stopped. Subsequently, in this state, after stirring at 75 ° C for 1 hour and 30 minutes, the solvent was distilled off to an amount of 924.42 g in an evaporator and a 40 ° C water bath. Further, the mixture was heated at 60 ° C to dissolve the crystals precipitated when the solvent was distilled off, and the insoluble matter was distilled off by hot filtration at 60 ° C, and then the filtrate was cooled to 2 ° C per 1 minute. 5 °C. After stirring for 30 minutes in this state at 25 Torr, the precipitated white crystals were taken out by filtration, and the crystals were washed with η-heptane 2 64.2 lg. After drying under reduced pressure, 226.09 g of white crystals were obtained. Subsequently, 226.09 g of the white crystals obtained and 452.18 g of η-heptane obtained above were added to a three-liter four-necked flask under a nitrogen stream, and then at 60. (: The crystals were dissolved by heating and stirring. Then, the crystals were precipitated by cooling at a rate of 1% per 10 minutes to 25 ° C. After stirring in this state at 25 t for 1 hour, precipitation was carried out. The white crystals were taken out by filtration, and the crystals were washed with η-hexane 1 1 3.04 g, and then dried under reduced pressure to give white crystals of 2 〇 3 9 丨g. This crystallization-56-201206994 was analyzed by 4 NMR. It was confirmed that the compound (3-1) was dimethyl-1-1,3-bis(chlorocarbonyl)-1,3-dimethylcyclobutane-2,4-dicarboxylate (1,3_DM-CBDE- C1) (relative area of HPLC 99.5%) (yield 77.2%) 〇'H NMR (CDC13 &gt; 5 ppm): 3.78 (s, 6H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 1.69 (s, 6H). Example 1) The diamine compound (DA-1) was synthesized by the 4-step process shown below. Step 1: Synthesis of Compound (A5)

[化 58] HN ch3 -o+ch3 ch3 (A5) 於500 mL之茄型燒瓶中,依序加入炔丙基胺(8.81g ,160 mmol) 、N,N -二甲基甲醯胺(112 mL)、碳酸鉀( 18.5g &gt; 134 mmol ),使其達〇°C,將溶解有溴乙酸t-丁酯 (21.9g,112 mmol)之 N,N -二甲基甲醯胺(80 mL)所得 之溶液以約1小時時間,於攪拌中滴入其中。滴下結束後 ,使反應溶液回復至室溫,攪拌20小時。隨後’將固形物 以過濾方式去除,將乙酸乙酯1L加入濾液中,使用300 mL 之水洗淨4次、300 mL之飽和食鹽水洗淨1次。隨後’有機 層使用硫酸鎂乾燥,將溶劑減壓餾除。最後’將殘留之油 狀物以0.6 Torr、70t減壓蒸餾結果,得無色液體之N-炔 -57- 201206994 丙基胺基乙酸t-丁酯(化合物(A5))。產量爲12.0g、產 率爲6 3 %。 第2步驟:化合物(A6)之合成 [化 59] ch3 0—CH3HN ch3 -o+ch3 ch3 (A5) In a 500 mL eggplant flask, propargylamine (8.81 g, 160 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (112) were added sequentially. (M)), potassium carbonate (18. 5g &gt; 134 mmol), allowed to reach 〇 ° C, dissolved in t-butyl bromoacetate (21.9 g, 112 mmol) of N,N-dimethylformamide (80 The resulting solution was added dropwise with stirring over a period of about 1 hour. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction solution was returned to room temperature and stirred for 20 hours. Subsequently, the solid matter was removed by filtration, and 1 L of ethyl acetate was added to the filtrate, and washed with 300 mL of water for 4 times and 300 mL of saturated saline for 1 time. Subsequently, the organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. Finally, the residual oil was distilled under reduced pressure at 0.6 Torr, 70 s to give N-yne-yield as a colorless liquid, &lt;RTIgt;&lt;/RTI&gt; The yield was 12.0 g and the yield was 63%. Step 2: Synthesis of Compound (A6) [Chem. 59] ch3 0-CH3

於1L之茄型燒瓶中,加入上述N-炔丙基胺基乙酸t-丁 基(12.0g,70.9 mmol )、二氯甲烷(600 mL)作爲溶液 ,於冰冷攪拌中,將溶解有二碳酸二t-丁酯(l5.5g,7〇.9 mmol )之二氯甲烷(1 00 mL )所得之溶液以1小時時間滴 入其中。滴下結束後,使反應溶液回復至室溫’攪拌20小 時。反應結束後,將反應溶液以300 mL之飽和食鹽水洗淨 ,以硫酸鎂乾燥。隨後,將溶劑減壓餾除結果’得淡黃色 液體之N-炔丙基-N-t-丁氧羰胺基乙酸t-丁酯(化合物(A6 ))。產量爲18.0g'產率爲94°/。。 第3步驟:化合物(A7 )之合成 -58- 201206994In a 1 L eggplant type flask, the above-mentioned N-propargylaminoacetic acid t-butyl (12.0 g, 70.9 mmol) and dichloromethane (600 mL) were added as a solution, and the dicarbonic acid was dissolved in ice-cooled stirring. A solution of di-t-butyl ester (15.5 g, 7 〇.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) was added dropwise over one hour. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction solution was returned to room temperature and stirred for 20 hours. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was washed with 300 mL of saturated brine and dried over magnesium sulfate. Subsequently, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow liquid of N-propargyl-N-t-butoxycarbonylaminoacetic acid t-butyl ester (compound (A6)). The yield was 18.0 g' yield was 94 ° /. . Step 3: Synthesis of Compound (A7) -58- 201206994

於300 mL之四口燒瓶中,加入2 -碘_4_硝基苯胺( 22.5g,85.4 mmol)、雙(三苯基膦)鈀二氯化物(1.2 0g 5 1.71 mmol )、碘化銅(0.651g,3.42 mmol),經氮氣 取代後,加入二乙基胺(43.7g,598 mmol) 、N,N -二甲 基甲醯胺(128 mL),於冰冷下攪拌中,再加入前述N-炔 丙基胺基-N-t-丁氧羰乙酸t-丁酯(27.6g,102 mmol),於 室溫下攪拌20小時。反應結束後,加入1L之乙酸乙酯,使 用1 mol/L之氯化銨水溶液150 mL洗淨3次、以150 mL之飽 和食鹽水洗淨1次,以硫酸鎂乾燥。隨後,將溶劑減壓餾 除後所析出之固體溶解於200 mL之乙酸乙酯中,加入1L之 己烷後進行再結晶。濾取此固體,經減壓乾燥後,得黃色 固體之2-{3-(N-t-丁氧羰基-N-t-丁氧羰甲基胺基)-卜丙 块基)}-4-硝基苯胺(化合物(A7 ))。產量爲23.0g,產 率爲6 6 %。 第4步驟:化合物(A7)之還原 於500 mL之四口燒瓶中,加入前述2-{3-(N-t-丁氧羰 基-N-t-丁氧羰甲基胺基)-卜丙炔基)}-4-硝基苯胺( -59- 201206994 22.0g &gt; 54.2 mmol ),及’乙醇( 200g),反應系內以氮 取代後,加入碳化鈀(2.20g ),反應系內以氫取代,於 5〇°C下攪拌48小時。反應結束後,以矽铈石(cerite )過 濾去除碳化鈀,濾液中加入活性碳,於50°C下攪拌30分鐘 。隨後,將活性碳過濾,減壓餾除有機溶劑,殘留之油狀 物經減壓乾燥後,得二胺化合物(DA-1 )。產量爲19.8g 、產率爲9 6 %。 二胺化合物(DA-1 )經使用4 NMR予以確認。 1H NMR ( DMSO-de ) : 56.54-6.42 ( m &gt; 3H,Ar ), 3.49 &gt; 3.47 ( each s,2 Η,N C H 2 C O 21 - B u ) ,3.3 8 -3.3 0 ( m ,2H,CH2CH2N ) ,2.5 1-2.44 ( m,2H,ArCH2 ) ,1.84- 1.76 ( m,2H,CH2CH2CH2) ,1.48- 1.44 ( m,1 8H, NC02t-BufPCH2C02t-Bu)。 (合成例2 ) 將附有攪拌裝置之300 mL四口燒瓶設定於氮雰圍中, 置入4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷4.486g ( 22.63 mmol )、秤取 DA-1 2.147g( 5.658 mmol)後,加入NMP 121.37g、作爲 鹼之吡啶5.16g ( 65.19 mmol )後,攪拌使其溶解。其次將 此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加1,3DM-CBDE-C1 8.8 3 84g ( 27.16 mmol),於水冷下反應4小時。4小時後,於反應溶 液中加入NMP 134.86g,於室溫(20°C)下攪拌15分鐘。 將所得之聚醯胺酸酯之溶液,於攬拌中投入1 3 49g之水中 ,濾取析出之白色沈澱,隨後,以1 349g之水洗淨1次、 -60- 201206994 1349g之乙醇洗淨1次、337g之乙醇洗淨3次’乾燥後得白 色之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末ll.〇4g。產率爲81.9¼。又,該 聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲Mn= 1 5,205、Mw = 3G,219。 秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末969〇g置入200 ml 三角燒瓶中,加入NMP98.7394g後,於室溫下攪拌24小時 使其溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-1 ) ° (比較合成例1 ) 將附有攪拌裝置之300 mL四口燒瓶設定於氮雰圍中, 置入4,4’ -二胺基二苯基甲烷8.0102g( 40.35 mmol)後, 加入NMP 158.1g、作爲鹼之吡啶7.20g ( 91.03 mmol )後 ,攪拌使其溶解。其次將此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加 1 ,3DM-CBDE-C1 1 2.3 4 1 9 g ( 3 7.9 3 mmol),於水冷下反應 4小時。將所得之聚醯胺酸酯之溶液,於攪拌中投入1 75 7g 之水中,濾取析出之白色沈澱,隨後,以1 75 7g之水洗淨1 次、1757g之乙醇洗淨1次、43 9g之乙醇洗淨3次,乾燥後 得白色之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末16.63g。產率爲94.6%。又 ,該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲Mn=10,180,Mw = 21,476。 秤取秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末1 4.8252g置入 200 ml三角燒瓶中,加入NMP99.3 048g,於室溫下攪拌24 小時使其溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-2)。 (合成例3 ) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之100 mL四口燒瓶中, -61 - 201206994 秤取4,4’-二胺基二苯基胺7.9693g(40 mm〇l),加入NMP 31.7g,於持續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於 攪拌中,添加 BDA 7.1339g( 36.01 mmol),再加入 NIyIP 使固形分濃度達25質量%爲止,於室溫下攪拌24小時,得 聚醯胺酸(PAA-1)之溶液。該聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度25°C 下之黏度爲2680 mPa.s。又,該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲 Mn = 8,176、Mw=16,834。 (合成例4 ) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之100 mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取 4,4’-二胺基二苯基胺 5.979 1 g(30.01 mmol) 、3,5-二 胺基苯甲酸 3.0446g(20.01 mmol),加入 NMP 39.69g, 於持續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於攪拌中, 添加BDA 9.8379g( 49.65 mmol),再加入NMP使固形分 濃度達25質量%爲止,於室溫下攪拌24小時,得聚醯胺酸 之溶液。該聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度25°C下之黏度爲8000 mPa.s。又,該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲Mn=13,696、 Mw = 28,61 9。 秤取所得之聚醯胺酸溶液5.53 55g置入50 ml三角燒瓶 中,加入NMP8.3744g,於室溫下攪拌24小時使其溶解,得 1〇質量%之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-2)。 (合成例5 ) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之1〇〇 mL四口燒瓶中, -62- 201206994 秤取 4,4’-二胺基二苯基胺 3_6652g ( 18.39 mmol)及 3,5-二 胺基苯甲酸 〇.6992g( 4.595 mmol),加入 NMP 39.36g, 於持續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於攪拌中, 添加CBDA 4.3326g( 22.09 mmol),再加入NMP以使固形 分濃度達1 5質量%爲止,於室溫下攪拌24小時,得聚醯胺 酸(PAA-3 )之溶液。該聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度25°C下之黏 度爲669 mPa.s。又,該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲Mn=16,902 、M w = 3 4,8 6 5 〇 (合成例6 ) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之100 mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取 4,4’-二胺基二苯基醚 1.848g(9.23 mmol)及 3,5-二胺 基苯甲酸2.1025g(13.82 mmol),加入NMP 39.7g,於持 續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加 PMDA 4.8162g ( 22.08 mmol),.再加入NMP以使固形分濃 度達15質量%爲止,於室溫下攪拌24小時,得聚醯胺酸( PAA-4)之溶液。該聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度25°C下之黏度爲 257 mPa.s。又,該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲Mn= 13,620、 Mw = 28,299 〇 (實施例1 ) 秤取合成例2所得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-1 ) 1.52 89g與合成例3所得之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-1) 0.5184g 置入三角燒瓶中,加入NMP2.0050g、BCSl.OOllg後,以 -63- 201206994 磁性攪拌機搅拌30分鐘,得液晶配向劑(I )。 (實施例2 ) 秤取合成例2所得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-1 ) 1.5246g與合成例4所得之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-2 ) 1.4067g 置入三角燒瓶中,加入NMP 1.0960g、BCS1.0112g後,以 磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向劑(II )。 (實施例3 ) 秤取合成例2所得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-1 ) 1.5119g與合成例5所得之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-3 ) 1.0074g 置入三角燒瓶中,加入NMP1.5 183g、BCS1.03 13g後,以 磁性搅拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向劑(III )。 (實施例4 ) 秤取合成例2所得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-1 ) 1.5018g與合成例6所得之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-4 ) 1.1 008g 置入三角燒瓶中,加入NMP 1.4859g、BCS1.0214g後,以 磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向劑(IV)。 (比較例1 ) 秤取比較合成例1所得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-2 ) 3.〇〇g與合成例3所得之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-1) 1.021g置 入三角燒瓶中,加入Ν Μ P 3 · 9 9 g、B C S 2.0 1 2 8 g後,以磁性 -64- 201206994 攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向劑(a )。 (比較例2 ) 秤取比較合成例1所得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-2 ) 1.5119g與合成例4所得之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-2 ) 1.43 3 4g 置入三角燒瓶中,加入NMP1.0903g、BCS1.0271g後,以 磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向劑(b )。 (比較例3 ) 秤取比較合成例1所得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-2 ) 3.〇〇g與合成例5所得之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-3) 2.0141g置 入三角燒瓶中,加入NMP3.01g、BCS2.0111g後,以磁性 攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向劑(c)。 (比較例4 ) 秤取比較合成例1所得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-2 ) 1.5206g與合成例6所得之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-4 ) 1.0258g 置入三角燒瓶中,加入NMP 1.483 8g' BCS1.0418g後,以 磁性攪拌機攪拌3 0分鐘,得液晶配向劑(d )。 (比較例5 ) 秤取合成例2所得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-1 ) 3.1281g 置入三角燒瓶中,加入 NMP1.0911g、BCS 1.05 3 2g 後’使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向劑(e )。 -65- 201206994 (實施例5 ) 將實施例1所得之液晶配向劑(I )使用1 ·〇 μπι之過濾 器過濾後,旋轉塗佈於附有透明電極之玻璃基板上,於溫 度8 0 °C之熱壓板上乾燥5分鐘,經過溫度2 5 、1小時之燒 焙,形成膜厚1〇〇 nm之塗膜。測定該塗膜之中心線的平均 粗度(Ra )。測定結果係如後述表1所示。 (實施例6〜9及比較例7〜1 0 ) 除使用上述實施例2〜4、比較例1〜4所得之各個液晶 配向劑(II )〜(IV )及(a )〜(d )以外,其他皆依實 施例5之相同方法形成各個塗膜。使用AFM觀察各塗膜之 膜表面。又,並測定各塗膜之中心線的平均粗度(R a )。 該些測定結果係如後述表1所示。 【表1】 液晶配向剤 組成(棍合比例[%] ) 中心線的平均粗 度[nm] PAE PAA 實施例5 (I) P AE- 1 (5 0) P AA- 1 (5 0) 0. 42 實施例6 (II) PAE- 1 (5 0) PAA- 2 (5 0) 0. 76 實施例7 (III) PAE- 1 (5 0) PAA- 3 (5 0) 0. 78 實施例9 (IV) PAE- 1 (5 0) PAA- 4 (5 0) 2. 14 比較例7 (a ) PAE- 2 (5 0) PAA- 1 (5 0) 11. 41 比較例8 (b) PAE- 2 (5 0) PAA- 2 (5 0) 13.53 比較例9 (C ) PAE- 2 (5 0) PAA- 3 (5 0) 9. 41 比較例1 0 (d) PAE- 2 (5 0) PAA- 4 (5 0) 23.36 -66- 201206994 如表1所示般,由實施例5〜9與比較例7〜1 0之結果得 知,本發明之液晶配向劑,確認可降低因聚醯胺酸酯與聚 醯胺酸之相分離所發生之微小凹凸,而得到平滑之膜表面 (實施例1 〇 ) 將實施例1所得之液晶配向劑(I)使用1.0 μηι之過濾 器過濾後,旋轉塗佈於附有透明電極之玻璃基板上,於溫 度8 0°C之熱壓板上乾燥5分鐘,經過溫度250°C、1小時之燒 焙,形成膜厚1〇〇 nm之塗膜。將254 nm之紫外線以100 rnJ/cm2介由偏光板照射該塗膜面,得附有液晶配向膜之基 板。準備2片前述附有液晶配向膜之基板,於其中一片之 基板的液晶配向膜面上散佈6 μιη之調距器之後,將2片之 基板的配向以逆平行之方式組合,於僅留存液晶注入口以 外,其他周圍皆予以密封,而製得晶胞間隙爲6 μπι之空晶 胞。將液晶(MLC-204 1、Merck股份有限公司製)於常溫 下真空注入該空晶胞中,將注入口封閉後製得液晶晶胞。 對該液晶晶胞,測定其電壓保持率,隨後測定其離子密度 。電壓保持率及離子密度。測定結果係如後述表2所示。 (實施例1 1〜1 3及比較例1 1〜1 5 ) 除使用上述實施例2〜4、比較例1〜5所得之各個液晶 配向劑(II )〜(IV )及(a )〜(e )以外,其他皆依實 施例1 〇相同之方法各製作液晶晶胞。並對各液晶晶胞測定 -67- 201206994 其電壓保持率,隨後測定其離子密度。該些電壓保持率及 離子密度之測定結果,係如後述表2所示。 【表2】 電壓保持率[%] 離子密度[PC] 23X: 60*C 90¾ 23t: 60t: 實施例1 0 99.7 Ί 99. 1 93. 9 5 81 實施例1 1 99. 7 99.2 93. 9 12 120 實施例1 2 99. 7 99.2 94.0 10 91 實施例1 3 99. 6 99.3 95. 5 10 497 比較例1 1 99.6 98.8 94. 8 22 122 比較例1 2 99.5 98.9 94.6 2 163 比較例1 3 99.5 98.7 94.0 57 278 比較例1 4 95.2 87.0 88.4 1663 2790 比較例1 5 99.9 99.2 92. 6 12 87 如表2所示,由實施例1 0〜1 3與比較例1 5之結果得知 ,確認本發明之液晶配向劑,相對於僅含有聚醯胺酸酯所 得之液晶配向劑,可得到具有同等或以上之信頼性的液晶 配向膜。又,實施例1〇〜13與比較例1 1〜14之結果得知, 確認本發明之液晶配向劑,相對於含有不含經由熱而解離 之低極性取代基的聚醢胺酸酯與聚醯胺酸之液晶配向劑, 可得到具有更高信頼性之液晶配向膜。 (實施例1 4 ) 將實施例1所得之液晶配向劑(I )使用1 ·〇 μιη之過濾 器過濾後,以旋轉塗佈塗佈於玻璃基板上形成有第1層爲 膜厚50 nm之ΙΤΟ電極、第2層爲作爲絶緣膜之膜厚500 nm 之氮化砂、第3層爲梳狀之ITO電極(電極寬:3 μηι、電極 間隔:6 μιη、電極高度:50 nm)的FFS驅動用電極的玻璃 基板上。於80 °C之熱壓板上乾燥5分鐘後,以250°C之熱風 循環式烘箱進行60分鐘之燒焙,形成膜厚100 nm之塗膜。 -68- 201206994 將254 nm之紫外線以100 mJ/cm2介由偏光板照射該塗膜面 ,得附有液晶配向膜之基板。又,對於對向基板之未形成 電極之具有高度4 μηι之柱狀調距器的玻璃基板亦依相同方 法形成塗膜,施以配向處理。 將上述2片之基板作爲一組,於基板上印刷密封劑, 將另一片基板,以面向液晶配向膜面之配向方向爲0°之方 式貼合後,將密封劑硬化以製作空晶胞。使用減壓注入法 將液晶MLC-2041 ( Merck股份有限公司製)注入於此空晶 胞中,封閉注入口,得FFS驅動液晶晶胞。 對此FFS驅動液晶晶胞,評估其交流驅動燒附特性及 電荷蓄積特性。其結果係如後述表3所示。 (實施例15〜I7及比較例16 ) 除使用上述實施例2〜4、比較例5所得之各個液晶配 向劑(II )〜(IV )及(e )以外,其他皆依實施例1 4相同 之方法分別製作FFS驅動液晶晶胞。並對各FFS驅動液晶晶 胞進行交流驅動燒附特性及電荷蓄積特性之評估。結果係 如後述表3所示。 【表3】 交流驅動燒附 [V] 電荷蓄積特性 [%] 實施例1 4 0.08 0.57 實施例1 5 0. 12 0. 74 實施例1 6 0. 14 0.21 實施例1 7 0. 12 0. 00 比較例1 6 0. 10 3.30 如表3所示般,實施例14〜17與比較例16之結果得知 -69- 201206994 ’確認本發明之液晶配向劑’可得到具有較小之交流驅動 燒附度,且具有較少殘留電壓之液晶配向膜。 (合成例7)二胺化合物(DA-2)之合成 (先驅物合成1 ) [化 61]In a 300 mL four-necked flask, 2-iodo-4-nitroaniline (22.5 g, 85.4 mmol), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium dichloride (1.20 g 5 1.71 mmol), copper iodide ( 0.651 g, 3.42 mmol), after substitution with nitrogen, diethylamine (43.7 g, 598 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (128 mL) was added and stirred under ice-cooling - Propargylamino-Nt-butoxycarbonyl acetic acid t-butyl ester (27.6 g, 102 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 20 hr. After the completion of the reaction, 1 L of ethyl acetate was added, and the mixture was washed three times with 150 mL of a 1 mol/L ammonium chloride aqueous solution, and once with 150 mL of saturated brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. Subsequently, the solid which was obtained by distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure was dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL), and 1 L of hexane was added, followed by recrystallization. The solid was collected by filtration and dried <RTI ID=0.0>################################################################################## (Compound (A7)). The yield was 23.0 g and the yield was 6 6 %. Step 4: Reduction of Compound (A7) in a 500 mL four-necked flask, and adding the aforementioned 2-{3-(Nt-butoxycarbonyl-Nt-butoxycarbonylmethylamino)-propynyl)} -4-Nitroaniline (-59-201206994 22.0g &gt; 54.2 mmol), and 'Ethanol (200g), after the reaction system was replaced with nitrogen, palladium carbide (2.20g) was added, and the reaction system was replaced by hydrogen. Stir at 48 ° C for 48 hours. After completion of the reaction, palladium carbide was removed by filtration through cerite, activated carbon was added to the filtrate, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C for 30 minutes. Subsequently, the activated carbon was filtered, and the organic solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue was evaporated to dryness to give the diamine compound (DA-1). The yield was 19.8 g and the yield was 96%. The diamine compound (DA-1) was confirmed by using 4 NMR. 1H NMR (DMSO-de): 56.54-6.42 (m &gt; 3H, Ar), 3.49 &gt; 3.47 ( each s, 2 Η, NCH 2 CO 21 - B u ) , 3.3 8 -3.3 0 ( m , 2H, CH2CH2N), 2.5 1-2.44 (m, 2H, ArCH2), 1.84- 1.76 (m, 2H, CH2CH2CH2), 1.48- 1.44 (m, 1 8H, NC02t-BufPCH2C02t-Bu). (Synthesis Example 2) A 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device was set in a nitrogen atmosphere, and 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane (4.486 g (22.63 mmol)) was placed, and DA-1 2.147 g was weighed. After (5,658 mmol), 121.37 g of NMP and 5.16 g (65.19 mmol) of pyridine as a base were added, followed by stirring to dissolve. Next, the diamine solution was stirred, and 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 8.8 3 84 g (27.16 mmol) was added, and the mixture was reacted for 4 hours under water cooling. After 4 hours, 134.86 g of NMP was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature (20 ° C) for 15 minutes. The obtained solution of the polyglycolate was poured into 1 3 49 g of water in a stirred mixture, and the precipitated white precipitate was collected by filtration, and then washed once with 1 349 g of water, and washed with -60-201206994 1349 g of ethanol. One time, 337 g of ethanol was washed three times. After drying, white polyphthalate resin powder ll. 〇 4 g was obtained. The yield was 81.91⁄4. Further, the molecular weight of the polyamidomate was Mn = 15,205, Mw = 3G, and 219. The obtained polyacetate resin powder 969 〇g was placed in a 200 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and after adding NMP 98.7394 g, it was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved to obtain a polyamidate solution (PAE-1). ° (Comparative Synthesis Example 1) A 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device was set in a nitrogen atmosphere, and after placing 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane 8.0102 g (40.35 mmol), NMP 158.1 was added. g, 7.20 g (91.03 mmol) of pyridine as a base, and stirred to dissolve. Next, this diamine solution was stirred, and 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 1 2.3 4 1 9 g (3 7.9 3 mmol) was added, and the mixture was reacted under water cooling for 4 hours. The obtained solution of the polyamidate was poured into 175 7 g of water with stirring, and the precipitated white precipitate was collected by filtration, and then washed once with 1757 g of water and 1757 g of ethanol for 1 time, 43 9 g of ethanol was washed 3 times, and after drying, 16.63 g of a white polyphthalate resin powder was obtained. The yield was 94.6%. Further, the molecular weight of the polyglycolate was Mn = 10,180 and Mw = 21,476. 1 4.8252 g of the polyacetate resin powder obtained by weighing the scale was placed in a 200 ml Erlenmeyer flask, NMP99.3 048 g was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved to obtain a polyamidate solution (PAE). -2). (Synthesis Example 3) In a 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube, -61 - 201206994 was weighed to 7.9693 g (40 mm 〇l) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenylamine, and added. NMP 31.7 g was stirred and dissolved in nitrogen gas continuously. The diamine solution was added with 7.1339 g (36.01 mmol) of BDA, and then added with NIyIP to have a solid content concentration of 25% by mass, and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to obtain a solution of polyamine acid (PAA-1). . The polyglycolic acid solution has a viscosity of 2680 mPa.s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, the molecular weight of the polyamic acid was Mn = 8,176 and Mw = 16,834. (Synthesis Example 4) 4,4'-diaminodiphenylamine 5.979 1 g (30.01 mmol), 3,5-diamine was weighed in a 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube. 3.0446 g (20.01 mmol) of benzoic acid was added, and 39.69 g of NMP was added thereto, and the mixture was continuously stirred and supplied with nitrogen to dissolve. This diamine solution was added with 9.8379 g (49.65 mmol) of BDA, and NMP was added thereto so that the solid content concentration was 25% by mass, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to obtain a solution of polyamine. The polyamic acid solution has a viscosity of 8000 mPa.s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, the molecular weight of the poly-proline was Mn = 13,696, Mw = 28, 61 9 . The obtained polyamic acid solution 5.53 55 g was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 8.3744 g of NMP was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved to obtain a polyhydric acid solution (PAA-2) in an amount of 1% by mass. ). (Synthesis Example 5) 4,4'-diaminodiphenylamine 3_6652g (18.39 mmol) and 3 were weighed in a 1-mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube, -62-201206994. 6992 g (4.595 mmol) of 5-diaminobenzoic acid was added, and 39.36 g of NMP was added thereto, and the mixture was continuously stirred and supplied with nitrogen to dissolve. The diamine solution was stirred, and 4.3326 g (22.09 mmol) of CBDA was added thereto, and NMP was added thereto so that the solid content concentration was 15% by mass, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to obtain polylysine (PAA-3). Solution. The polyamic acid solution had a viscosity of 669 mPa.s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, the molecular weight of the poly-proline was Mn = 16,902, M w = 3 4, 8 6 5 〇 (Synthesis Example 6), and was weighed in a 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube. 1.48 g (9.23 mmol) of 4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and 2.1025 g (13.82 mmol) of 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid were added, and 39.7 g of NMP was added thereto, and the mixture was continuously stirred and supplied with nitrogen to dissolve. The diamine solution was added with 4.8162 g (22.08 mmol) of PMDA, and NMP was added thereto so that the solid content concentration was 15% by mass, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to obtain polylysine (PAA-4). Solution. The polyamic acid solution had a viscosity of 257 mPa.s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, the molecular weight of the polyamic acid was Mn = 13,620, Mw = 28,299 〇 (Example 1) The polyphthalate solution (PAE-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 2 was weighed and 1.52 89 g and the polymerization obtained in Synthesis Example 3 were collected. 0.5184 g of a proline solution (PAA-1) was placed in an Erlenmeyer flask, and after adding NMP 2.0050 g and BCS1.01 g, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes with a magnetic mixer of -63 to 201206994 to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (I). (Example 2) 1.5246 g of the polyamidate solution (PAE-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 2 and 1.4067 g of the polyamidic acid solution (PAA-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 4 were placed in an Erlenmeyer flask and added. After NMP 1.0960g and BCS1.0112g, the mixture was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (II). (Example 3) 1.5119 g of the polyamidate solution (PAE-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 2 and 1.0074 g of the polyamidic acid solution (PAA-3) obtained in Synthesis Example 5 were placed in an Erlenmeyer flask and added. After NMP 1.5 183 g and BCS 1.03 13 g, the mixture was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (III). (Example 4) 1.5018 g of the polyphthalate solution (PAE-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 2 and 1.1 008 g of the polyamidic acid solution (PAA-4) obtained in Synthesis Example 6 were placed in an Erlenmeyer flask and added. After NMP 1.4859 g and BCS 1.0214 g, the mixture was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (IV). (Comparative Example 1) A polyphthalate solution (PAE-2) obtained in Comparative Synthesis Example 1 was weighed. 3. 〇〇g and a polyamic acid solution (PAA-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 3 (1.0A) were placed in a triangle. After adding Ν Μ P 3 · 9 9 g and BCS 2.0 1 2 8 g to the flask, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes in a magnetic-64-201206994 mixer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (a). (Comparative Example 2) 1.5119 g of the polyphthalate solution (PAE-2) obtained in Comparative Synthesis Example 1 and the polyamine acid solution (PAA-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 1.43 3 4 g were placed in a conical flask. After adding NMP 1.0903 g and BCS 1.0271 g, the mixture was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (b). (Comparative Example 3) A polyphthalate solution (PAE-2) obtained in Comparative Synthesis Example 1 was weighed. 3. 〇〇g and a polylysine solution (PAA-3) obtained in Synthesis Example 5 were placed in a triangle of 2.0141 g. Into the flask, 3.01 g of NMP and 2.0111 g of BCS were added, and the mixture was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (c). (Comparative Example 4) 1.5206 g of the polyphthalate solution (PAE-2) obtained in Comparative Synthesis Example 1 and 1.0258 g of the polyamic acid solution (PAA-4) obtained in Synthesis Example 6 were placed in an Erlenmeyer flask. After adding NMP 1.483 8g' BCS 1.0418g, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes with a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (d). (Comparative Example 5) 3.1281 g of the polyphthalate solution (PAE-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 2 was placed in an Erlenmeyer flask, and NMP 1.0911 g and BCS 1.05 3 2 g were added, and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer. Liquid crystal alignment agent (e). -65-201206994 (Example 5) The liquid crystal alignment agent (I) obtained in Example 1 was filtered using a filter of 1 · 〇μπι, and then spin-coated on a glass substrate with a transparent electrode at a temperature of 80 ° The hot plate of C was dried for 5 minutes, and baked at a temperature of 2 5 for 1 hour to form a coating film having a film thickness of 1 〇〇 nm. The average thickness (Ra ) of the center line of the coating film was measured. The measurement results are shown in Table 1 below. (Examples 6 to 9 and Comparative Examples 7 to 10) Except for the liquid crystal alignment agents (II) to (IV) and (a) to (d) obtained in the above Examples 2 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4 Each of the other coating films was formed in the same manner as in Example 5. The film surface of each coating film was observed using AFM. Further, the average thickness (R a ) of the center line of each coating film was measured. The measurement results are shown in Table 1 below. [Table 1] Liquid crystal alignment 剤 composition (stick ratio [%]) Average thickness of center line [nm] PAE PAA Example 5 (I) P AE-1 (5 0) P AA- 1 (5 0) 0 42 Example 6 (II) PAE-1 (5 0) PAA-2 (5 0) 0. 76 Example 7 (III) PAE-1 (5 0) PAA-3 (5 0) 0. 78 Example 9 (IV) PAE- 1 (5 0) PAA- 4 (5 0) 2. 14 Comparative Example 7 (a) PAE- 2 (5 0) PAA- 1 (5 0) 11. 41 Comparative Example 8 (b) PAE- 2 (5 0) PAA- 2 (5 0) 13.53 Comparative Example 9 (C) PAE- 2 (5 0) PAA- 3 (5 0) 9. 41 Comparative Example 1 0 (d) PAE- 2 (5 0) PAA-4 (5 0) 23.36 -66-201206994 As shown in Table 1, it was found from the results of Examples 5 to 9 and Comparative Examples 7 to 10 that the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention was confirmed to reduce the cause The fine concavities and convexities generated by the phase separation of the polyphthalate from the polyamic acid to obtain a smooth film surface (Example 1 〇) The liquid crystal alignment agent (I) obtained in Example 1 was filtered using a filter of 1.0 μm Then, it was spin-coated on a glass substrate with a transparent electrode, dried on a hot platen at a temperature of 80 ° C for 5 minutes, and baked at a temperature of 250 ° C for 1 hour to form a film thickness of 1 〇〇 nm. Coating film. The coating film surface was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 254 nm at 100 rnJ/cm2 through a polarizing plate to obtain a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film. Prepare two sheets of the substrate with the liquid crystal alignment film, and spread the 6 μm distance adjuster on the liquid crystal alignment film surface of one of the substrates, and then combine the alignment of the two substrates in an anti-parallel manner to retain only the liquid crystal. Except for the inlet, the other circumferences were sealed, and an empty cell with a cell gap of 6 μm was produced. Liquid crystal (MLC-204 1, manufactured by Merck Co., Ltd.) was vacuum-injected into the empty cell at normal temperature, and the liquid crystal cell was obtained by blocking the injection port. The liquid crystal cell was measured for its voltage holding ratio, and then its ion density was measured. Voltage retention and ion density. The measurement results are shown in Table 2 below. (Example 1 1 to 1 3 and Comparative Example 1 1 to 1 5 ) Each of the liquid crystal alignment agents (II) to (IV) and (a) to (1) obtained in the above Examples 2 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5 was used. Other than e), liquid crystal cells were each produced in the same manner as in Example 1. The voltage holding ratio of -67-201206994 was measured for each liquid crystal cell, and then the ion density was measured. The measurement results of these voltage holding ratios and ion densities are shown in Table 2 below. [Table 2] Voltage holding ratio [%] Ion density [PC] 23X: 60*C 903⁄4 23t: 60t: Example 1 0 99.7 Ί 99. 1 93. 9 5 81 Example 1 1 99. 7 99.2 93. 9 12 120 Example 1 2 99. 7 99.2 94.0 10 91 Example 1 3 99. 6 99.3 95. 5 10 497 Comparative Example 1 1 99.6 98.8 94. 8 22 122 Comparative Example 1 2 99.5 98.9 94.6 2 163 Comparative Example 1 3 99.5 98.7 94.0 57 278 Comparative Example 1 4 95.2 87.0 88.4 1663 2790 Comparative Example 1 5 99.9 99.2 92. 6 12 87 As shown in Table 2, the results of Examples 10 to 13 and Comparative Example 1 5 were confirmed. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can provide a liquid crystal alignment film having an equivalent or higher reliability with respect to a liquid crystal alignment agent obtained by containing only a polyphthalate. Further, as a result of Examples 1 to 13 and Comparative Examples 1 to 14 , it was confirmed that the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention was polymerized with a polyphthalate having a low-polarity substituent which did not dissociate via heat. A liquid crystal alignment agent of lysine can obtain a liquid crystal alignment film having higher letterability. (Example 1 4) The liquid crystal alignment agent (I) obtained in Example 1 was filtered using a filter of 1 μm, and then applied by spin coating onto a glass substrate to form a first layer having a film thickness of 50 nm. The ΙΤΟ electrode, the second layer is a nitride film having a thickness of 500 nm as an insulating film, and the third layer is a comb-shaped ITO electrode (electrode width: 3 μηι, electrode spacing: 6 μm, electrode height: 50 nm) FFS The driving electrode is on the glass substrate. After drying on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 5 minutes, it was baked in a hot air circulating oven at 250 ° C for 60 minutes to form a coating film having a film thickness of 100 nm. -68- 201206994 The 254 nm ultraviolet light was irradiated onto the surface of the coating film with a polarizing plate at 100 mJ/cm2 to obtain a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film. Further, a coating film was formed in the same manner as the glass substrate having a columnar distance controller having a height of 4 μm which is not formed on the opposite substrate, and subjected to alignment treatment. The two substrates were used as a group, and the sealant was printed on the substrate, and the other substrate was bonded to the liquid crystal alignment film surface at an orientation of 0°, and then the sealant was cured to prepare an empty cell. Liquid crystal MLC-2041 (manufactured by Merck Co., Ltd.) was injected into the empty cell by a vacuum injection method, and the injection port was closed to obtain an FFS driving liquid crystal cell. The FFS drives the liquid crystal cell, and its AC drive burn-in characteristics and charge accumulation characteristics are evaluated. The results are shown in Table 3 below. (Examples 15 to 17 and Comparative Example 16) The same procedure as in Example 14 except that each of the liquid crystal alignment agents (II) to (IV) and (e) obtained in the above Examples 2 to 4 and Comparative Example 5 was used. The method separately produces an FFS driving liquid crystal cell. The evaluation of the AC drive burn-up characteristics and the charge accumulation characteristics of each FFS-driven liquid crystal cell was carried out. The results are shown in Table 3 below. [Table 3] AC drive burn-in [V] Charge accumulation characteristics [%] Example 1 4 0.08 0.57 Example 1 5 0. 12 0. 74 Example 1 6 0. 14 0.21 Example 1 7 0. 12 0. 00 Comparative Example 1 6 0. 10 3.30 As shown in Table 3, the results of Examples 14 to 17 and Comparative Example 16 were found to be -69-201206994 'confirm that the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention' can be obtained with a small AC drive. A liquid crystal alignment film having a degree of burntness and having a small residual voltage. (Synthesis Example 7) Synthesis of Diamine Compound (DA-2) (Precursor Synthesis 1) [Chem. 61]

1) bh3thf1) bh3thf

2) aq. HCI2) aq. HCI

3) aq. NaOH 連接有迪姆羅得(Dim roth)管、100 mL滴下漏斗之 1L四口燒瓶中’加入2_氰基-4_硝基苯胺(15g,92 mm〇1 )’反應系內以氮取代後,加入THF400 mL,冷卻至〇t: » 其次’將硼- THF 錯合物(1M in THF,100 mL,100 mm〇i )經由滴下漏斗以3 0分鐘時間滴入。確認由反應系中產生 氣體’析出黃色固體。滴下結束後,於室溫下攪拌2曰。 反應結束後’加入鹽酸(2N,200 mL),於室溫下攪拌2 小時後’於10°C下加入氫氧化鈉水溶液(2N,250 mL )使 其形成驗性’以二氯甲烷萃取。有機層以飽和食鹽水( 5 00 mL)洗淨’以硫酸鎂乾燥後,進行濃縮、真空乾燥結 果’得黃色固體之氰基還原體。產量爲H.9g、產率爲77% 〇 (先驅物合成2 ) -70-3) aq. NaOH is connected to a 1L four-necked flask with a Dim roth tube and a 100 mL dropping funnel. 'Add 2_cyano-4_nitroaniline (15g, 92 mm〇1)' reaction system After replacing with nitrogen, 400 mL of THF was added and cooled to 〇t: » Next, a boron-THF complex (1M in THF, 100 mL, 100 mm 〇i) was added dropwise via a dropping funnel over 30 minutes. It was confirmed that a yellow solid was precipitated from the gas generated in the reaction system. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 Torr. After the completion of the reaction, hydrochloric acid (2N, 200 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs, and then aqueous sodium hydroxide (2N, 250 mL) was added at 10 ° C to form an assay. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of brine (500 mL) and dried over magnesium sulfate. The yield is H.9g, the yield is 77% 〇 (precursor synthesis 2) -70-

201206994 [化 62] 厂nh2 /=( Boc2〇/CH2CI2 °2N^ ^~nh2 -- c 於1L茄型燒瓶中,加入前述氰基還原體(4.6 0g, mmol )及二氯甲烷(900 mL )以作爲溶液,加入二 二 tert-丁酯(6.00g,27.5 mmol ),於室溫(20°C ) 拌3日。反應結束後,將反應溶液以飽和食鹽水洗淨 硫酸鎂乾燥。有機層經減壓濃縮所析出之固體,以乙 酯一己烷再結晶結果,得黃色固體之Boc加成物。產 5.2 5 g,產率爲 7 1 %。 (DA-2之合成) [化 63] 27.5 碳酸 下攪 ,以 酸乙 量爲201206994 [化62] Plant nh2 /=( Boc2〇/CH2CI2 °2N^ ^~nh2 -- c In the 1L eggplant flask, add the aforementioned cyano reduction (4.6 0g, mmol) and dichloromethane (900 mL) To the solution, dit-tert-butyl ester (6.00 g, 27.5 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature (20 ° C) for 3 days. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was washed with saturated brine and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solid which precipitated was concentrated under reduced pressure, and then crystallised from ethyl acetate-hexanes to afford crystals of EtOAc (yield: 5.2 g, y. 27.5 Stirred under carbonic acid, with the amount of acid

於100 mL茄型燒瓶中,加入前述Boc加成物(5. 1 8.7 mmol )及乙醇(40 ml ),反應系內以氮取代後 入氧化鉑(500mg )後,反應系內以氫取代。將形成 懸濁之反應混合物於室溫下攪拌1 5小時。反應結束後 加乙醇,使析出之白色固體再溶解,以矽鈽石過濾去 媒。將濾液濃縮,所得之桃色固體以乙酸乙酯·.己烷 〇g, ,加 黃色 ,追 除觸 再結 -71 - 201206994 晶,得淡桃色固體。產量爲3.40g、產率爲77%。 經測定所得固體之1H-NMR,確認生成DA-2。 'H-NMR ( DMSO-d6 » δρριη ) : 1·44 ( s,9H ) 、3.87 (d,J = 6.3Hz,2H) 、4.10〜4.30(m,4H) ' 6.27 ( dd ,J = 2.4Hz &gt; 8.1Hz &gt; 1H ) 、6.31 (d,:J = 2.4Hz,1H ) ' 6.38 ( d &gt; J = 8. 1 Hz ) 、7.14(t,J = 6.3Hz,lH)。 (合成例8)二胺化合物(DA-3)之合成 (N-Boc-炔丙基胺之合成) [化 64]The Boc adduct (5.11 8.7 mmol) and ethanol (40 ml) were added to a 100 mL eggplant type flask, and the reaction system was replaced with nitrogen and then platinum oxide (500 mg) was added thereto, and then the reaction system was replaced with hydrogen. The suspension-forming reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. After the completion of the reaction, ethanol was added to dissolve the precipitated white solid, and the mixture was filtered with vermiculite. The filtrate was concentrated, and the obtained peach solid was obtained from ethyl acetate·hexanehexanes, and yellow, and the crystals of the crystals were obtained. The yield was 3.40 g and the yield was 77%. The 1H-NMR of the obtained solid was measured to confirm the formation of DA-2. 'H-NMR ( DMSO-d6 » δρριη ) : 1·44 ( s,9H ) , 3.87 (d, J = 6.3Hz, 2H) , 4.10~4.30(m,4H) ' 6.27 ( dd , J = 2.4Hz &gt; 8.1Hz &gt; 1H ) , 6.31 (d, :J = 2.4Hz, 1H ) ' 6.38 ( d &gt; J = 8. 1 Hz ) , 7.14 (t, J = 6.3Hz, lH). (Synthesis Example 8) Synthesis of diamine compound (DA-3) (Synthesis of N-Boc-propargylamine) [Chem. 64]

於四口燒瓶中,加入炔丙基胺(25.18g,0.448 mol) 、三乙基胺(55.52g,0.549 mol )、二氯甲烷 400 ml 後, 水浴(20°C )使反應溶液冷卻中,以30分鐘滴下二碳酸二_ tert-丁酯(118.15g,0.541 mol)。滴下結束後,攪拌2小 時後,於反應溶液中加入飽和食鹽水300 ml、二氯甲烷 200 ml後萃取。所得有機層以硫酸鎂乾燥。去除乾燥劑後 ’餾除所得之溶液’得淡黃色油(0il )。使用再結晶( 己烷)精製’得白色固體之N-Boc -炔丙基胺(產量: 47.01g,產率:67.6%)。 (硝基體之合成) -72- 201206994 [化 65]In a four-necked flask, propargylamine (25.18 g, 0.448 mol), triethylamine (55.52 g, 0.549 mol), and dichloromethane (400 ml) were added, and the reaction solution was cooled in a water bath (20 ° C). Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (118.15 g, 0.541 mol) was added dropwise over 30 minutes. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred for 2 hours, and then 300 ml of a saturated saline solution and 200 ml of dichloromethane were added to the reaction mixture, followed by extraction. The resulting organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate. After removing the desiccant, the resulting solution was distilled off to give a pale yellow oil (0 il). N-Boc-propargylamine (yield: 47.01 g, yield: 67.6%) obtained as a white solid was purified using recrystallization (hexane). (Synthesis of nitroplasts) -72- 201206994 [Chem. 65]

於經氮取代後之四口燒瓶中,加入2-碘-4-硝基 5.llg,19.4 mmol)、雙(三苯基膦)銷(II)二 (281.7mg,0.401 mmol)、确化銅(160.7mg mmol )、二乙基胺30 ml,於室溫(2〇t )下攪拌 。隨後,加入Boc -炔丙基胺(3.72g,24_0 mmol) 室溫(20 °C )下攪拌4小時。使用HP LC確認原料消 加入乙酸乙酯200 ml、1 Μ氯化銨水溶液200 ml後, 取。所得有機層使用1M氯化銨水溶液洗淨2次,以 酸鎂乾燥。去除乾燥劑後,將濾液濃縮’以氧化矽 柱色層分析儀(乙酸乙酯:己烷=3: 7)精製。 4 · 9 7 g、產率爲 8 8.0 %。 (DA-3之合成) [化 66] 苯胺( 氯化物 ,0.844 10分鐘 後,於 失後, 進行萃 無水硫 凝膠管 產量爲To a four-necked flask after nitrogen substitution, 2-iodo-4-nitrol 5.11 g, 19.4 mmol), bis(triphenylphosphine)pin (II) di (281.7 mg, 0.401 mmol) were added to confirm Copper (160.7 mg mmol) and diethylamine 30 ml were stirred at room temperature (2 Torr). Subsequently, Boc-propargylamine (3.72 g, 24_0 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature (20 ° C) for 4 hours. After confirming the raw material with HP LC, 200 ml of ethyl acetate and 200 ml of an aqueous solution of 1 Μ ammonium chloride were added, followed by taking. The obtained organic layer was washed twice with a 1M aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and dried over magnesium sulfate. After the desiccant was removed, the filtrate was concentrated and purified by a ruthenium chromatographic column chromatography (ethyl acetate:hexane = 3:7). 4 · 9 7 g, yield 8 8.0 %. (Synthesis of DA-3) [Chem. 66] Aniline (chloride, 0.844 after 10 minutes, after the loss, extraction of anhydrous sulfur gel tube yield is

7 mmol 於四口燒瓶中,加入前述硝基體(12.45g,42. -73- 201206994 ),懸濁於乙醇200 ml中。經脫氣、氮氣取代後,加入碳 化鈀(1.23g),以氫取代,於室溫(20°C )下攪拌2日。 經使用矽鈽石過濾,去除碳化鈀,餾除溶劑》所得固體溶 解於甲苯100 ml中之後,加入己烷50 ml,進行再結晶。將 所得固體減壓乾燥,得淡茶色固體(產量:9· 13g、產率 :80.6%)。經測定所得固體之W-NMR,確認生成DA-B 〇 !H-NMR ( DMSO-de » δρρηι ) : 1.38 ( s &gt; 9Η ) '1.57 (q,J = 7.2Hz,2H ) 、2.30 ( t,J = 7.2Hz &gt; 2H ) 、2.94 ( quin,J = 6.0Hz,2H ) ' 3.88〜4.22(m,4H)、6.22(dd ,J = 2.1Hz,8. 1Hz,1H ) 、6.2 5 ( d,J = 2 · 1 Hz,1H )、 6.37 ( d,J = 8.1Hz,1H ) ' 6 · 8 4 ( t,J = 6.0 Η z,1 H ) 〇 (合成例9)二胺化合物(DA-4)之合成 [化 67]7 mmol was placed in a four-necked flask, and the above nitro group (12.45 g, 42. -73 - 201206994) was added, and suspended in 200 ml of ethanol. After degassing and nitrogen substitution, palladium carbide (1.23 g) was added, and the mixture was replaced with hydrogen, and stirred at room temperature (20 ° C) for 2 days. After filtration using vermiculite to remove palladium carbide and distilling off the solvent, the obtained solid was dissolved in 100 ml of toluene, and then 50 ml of hexane was added thereto to carry out recrystallization. The obtained solid was dried under reduced pressure to give pale brown solid (yield: 9· 13 g, yield: 80.6%). The W-NMR of the obtained solid was confirmed to be DA-B 〇!H-NMR (DMSO-de » δρρηι): 1.38 ( s &gt; 9Η ) '1.57 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H ), 2.30 (t , J = 7.2Hz &gt; 2H ) , 2.94 ( quin, J = 6.0Hz, 2H ) ' 3.88~4.22(m,4H), 6.22 (dd , J = 2.1Hz, 8. 1Hz, 1H ) , 6.2 5 ( d, J = 2 · 1 Hz, 1H ), 6.37 ( d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H ) ' 6 · 8 4 ( t, J = 6.0 Η z, 1 H ) 〇 (Synthesis Example 9) Diamine compound ( Synthesis of DA-4) [67]

於5 00 mL茄型燒瓶中,加入p-苯二胺(I6.2g,150 mmol) 、Ν,Ν-二甲基甲醯胺(200 mL)、碳酸鉀(49.8g ’ 360 mmol),冷卻至-20 °C。將溶解有漠乙酸t -丁醋( 58.5g . 300 mmol)之 N,N-二甲基甲醯胺(100 mL)所得 溶液以3小時時間滴下。隨後,於室溫下攪拌20小時。將 此反應混合物中之固體使用過濾方式濾除後,濾液中注入 6L之水,回收析出之二胺化合物(D )之粗生成物。所得 -74- 201206994 粗生成物溶解於100 mL之N,N -二甲基甲醯胺中,再度注入 2L之水中,析出固體。此固體使用甲醇洗淨、減壓乾燥結 果,得薄桃色固體之二胺化合物(DA-4 )。產量爲25.1g 、產率爲5 0 %。 二胺化合物(D-4 )之構造經使用4 NMR予以確認。 *H NMR ( DMSO-d6 ) : 66.3 9 ( s &gt; 4H,Ar) ,5.09 ( t,J = 6.6Hz,2H,NH ) ,3.64 ( d,J = 6.6Hz,4H,CH2 ) ,1.39 ( s,1 8H,t-Bu )。 (合成例10)二胺化合物(DA-5)之合成 (硝基體之合成) [化 68]P-phenylenediamine (I6.2g, 150 mmol), hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylformamide (200 mL), potassium carbonate (49.8 g '360 mmol), cooled in a 500 mL flask To -20 °C. A solution of N,N-dimethylformamide (100 mL) dissolved in t-butyl vinegar (58.5 g. 300 mmol) was added dropwise over 3 hours. Subsequently, it was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. After filtering the solid in the reaction mixture by filtration, 6 L of water was poured into the filtrate to recover a crude product of the precipitated diamine compound (D). Yield -74 - 201206994 The crude product was dissolved in 100 mL of N,N-dimethylformamide and re-injected into 2 L of water to precipitate a solid. This solid was washed with methanol and dried under reduced pressure to give a pale-yellow solid diamine compound (DA-4). The yield was 25.1 g and the yield was 50%. The structure of the diamine compound (D-4) was confirmed by using 4 NMR. *H NMR ( DMSO-d6 ) : 66.3 9 ( s &gt; 4H, Ar) , 5.09 ( t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H, NH ) , 3.64 ( d, J = 6.6 Hz, 4H, CH 2 ) , 1.39 ( s, 1 8H, t-Bu ). (Synthesis Example 10) Synthesis of diamine compound (DA-5) (synthesis of nitro group) [Chem. 68]

於經氮取代後之四口燒瓶中,加入Boc.·甘胺酸( 10.17g » 5 8.05 mmol ) ’使其溶解於 T H F 1 5 0 m 1。於其中 ,加入N -甲基嗎福啉(11.93g,117.9 mmol),冷卻至_ 20°C。將氯甲酸異丁酯(9.99g,73.14 mmol)滴入該溶液 中。此時’注意勿使反應溶液之溫度達〇 t以上》滴下後 ,於-2 0 °C下攪拌1〇分鐘。此時,反應溶液形成白濁狀。10 分鐘後’將2 -胺基-4 -硝基苯胺(8.86g,57.86 mmol)之 THF溶液3 60 ml使用滴下漏斗滴入其中。滴下結束後,於_ -75- 201206994 2〇t下攪拌1小時,隨後於室溫(20°C )下攪拌18小時。18 小時後,將析出之固體濾出,餾除所得濾液之溶劑後’製 得濃縮液。將乙酸乙酯200 ml、1M磷酸二氫鉀水溶液200 ml加入該濃縮液中,進行萃取。所得之有機層使用1]^磷 酸二氫鉀水溶液洗淨1次、飽和食鹽水洗淨1次、飽和碳酸 氫鈉水溶液2次、飽和食鹽水洗淨1次。所得有機層使用無 水硫酸鎂乾燥。去除乾燥劑後,由濾液中餾除溶劑’得橙 色之固體。使該固體懸濁於甲苯300 ml中’加熱攪拌30分 鐘。吸收濾取該固體,經測定所得固體之NMR結果’得知 其爲目的之硝基體(產量:9.85g,產率:54.9%)。 (DA-5之合成) [化 69]Boc.·glycine (10.17 g » 5 8.05 mmol) was added to a four-necked flask after nitrogen substitution to dissolve in T H F 1 50 m 1 . Thereto, N-methylmorpholine (11.93 g, 117.9 mmol) was added and cooled to -20 °C. Isobutyl chloroformate (9.99 g, 73.14 mmol) was dropped into the solution. At this time, please be careful not to let the temperature of the reaction solution reach 〇t or more. After dropping, it is stirred at -2 °C for 1 Torr. At this time, the reaction solution became cloudy. After 10 minutes, 3 60 ml of 2-amino-4-nitroaniline (8.86 g, 57.86 mmol) in THF was added dropwise using a dropping funnel. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred at _ -75 - 201206994 2 Torr for 1 hour, followed by stirring at room temperature (20 ° C) for 18 hours. After 18 hours, the precipitated solid was filtered off, and the solvent of the obtained filtrate was evaporated to give a concentrate. 200 ml of ethyl acetate and 200 ml of a 1 M aqueous potassium dihydrogen phosphate solution were added to the concentrate to carry out extraction. The obtained organic layer was washed once with a 1% aqueous solution of potassium dihydrogen phosphate, once with saturated brine, twice with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and once with saturated brine. The resulting organic layer was dried using anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After removing the desiccant, the solvent was distilled off from the filtrate to give an orange solid. The solid was suspended in 300 ml of toluene and heated and stirred for 30 minutes. The solid was collected by absorption, and the desired nitrobenzene (yield: 9.85 g, yield: 54. (Synthesis of DA-5) [Chem. 69]

Pd-CΗ,Pd-CΗ,

於茄型燒瓶中,加入前述硝基體(9.85g,31.75 mmol )’再加入乙醇1 50 ml。反應容器經氮氣取代後,加入碳 化鈀(1 . 1 1 g,相對於硝基體之質量爲1 0質量% ),再以氮 氣取代。隨後,反應容器以氫取代,20°C下攪拌48小時。 反應結束後,經使用矽铈石過濾,去除碳化鈀,由濾液中 去除溶劑。所得之濃縮液中,加入甲苯1 50 ml,經加熱迴 流結果’析出固體。析出之固體經熱間過濾,得薄紫色之 -76- 201206994 固體。產量爲8.05g、產率爲90.4%。經測定所得固體之 W-NMR,確認生成DA-5。 iH-NMR ( DMSO-d6,δρριη ) : 1.40 ( s,9H ) 、3.70 (d,J = 6.0Hz,2H) ' 4.04 ( bs - 2H ) 、4.35(bs,2H) 、6.23 ( dd,J = 2.4Hz - 8.0Hz &gt; 1H ) 、6.48 ( d,J = 8.0Hz ,1H ) 、6.6 1 ( d,J = 2.4Hz,1H ) 、7.05 ( t,J = 6.0Hz, 1 H) 、8.94 ( s,1 H) » (合成例1 1 )二胺化合物(DA-6 )之合成 (先驅物合成1 ) [化 70]In the eggplant type flask, the above nitro group (9.85 g, 31.75 mmol) was added, and then 150 ml of ethanol was added. After the reaction vessel was replaced with nitrogen, palladium carbide (1.11 g, 10 mass% based on the mass of the nitro group) was added, and the mixture was replaced with nitrogen. Subsequently, the reaction vessel was replaced with hydrogen and stirred at 20 ° C for 48 hours. After completion of the reaction, the palladium carbide was removed by filtration using vermiculite, and the solvent was removed from the filtrate. To the obtained concentrate, 150 ml of toluene was added, and the mixture was heated to reflux to precipitate a solid. The precipitated solid was filtered through heat to give a thin purple -76-201206994 solid. The yield was 8.05 g and the yield was 90.4%. The W-NMR of the obtained solid was measured to confirm the formation of DA-5. iH-NMR ( DMSO-d6, δρριη ) : 1.40 ( s, 9H ) , 3.70 (d, J = 6.0Hz, 2H) ' 4.04 ( bs - 2H ) , 4.35 (bs, 2H) , 6.23 ( dd, J = 2.4Hz - 8.0Hz &gt; 1H ) , 6.48 ( d, J = 8.0Hz , 1H ) , 6.6 1 ( d, J = 2.4Hz, 1H ) , 7.05 ( t, J = 6.0Hz, 1 H) , 8.94 ( s, 1 H) » (Synthesis Example 1 1 ) Synthesis of diamine compound (DA-6) (precursor synthesis 1) [Chem. 70]

〇2n-(3-f + η2ν·^^^νη2 - Ο Μ-Ο&quot;〇2n-(3-f + η2ν·^^^νη2 - Ο Μ-Ο&quot;

DMSO 2 100°C 於2L四口燒瓶中,置入1,5-二胺基丙烷50.00g( 489.3 mmol)、碳酸鉀270.5§( 1.957 111〇1)'二甲基亞颯40(^, 於l〇〇°C下加熱攪拌。其次,加入4 -氟硝基苯138.09g( 978.7 mmol)、二甲基亞颯100g,於100°C下加熱攪拌4小 時。4小時後,將反應溶液於攪拌中投入5L之水中,濾取 析出之黃色固體。所得之固體使用3L之水、556g之甲醇洗 淨、乾燥,得黃色固體(先驅物-1 )。產量爲152.71g。所 得之固體(先驅物-1)移至隨後使用之反應。 (先驅物合成2 ) -77- 201206994 [化 71]DMSO 2 100 ° C in a 2 L four-necked flask, put 5,5 g (489.3 mmol) of 1,5-diaminopropane, potassium carbonate 270.5 § ( 1.957 111 〇 1) 'dimethyl sulfoxide 40 (^, l. Heating and stirring at 〇〇 ° C. Next, adding 138.09 g ( 978.7 mmol) of 4-fluoronitrobenzene and 100 g of dimethyl hydrazine, and heating and stirring at 100 ° C for 4 hours. After 4 hours, the reaction solution was The mixture was poured into 5 L of water, and the precipitated yellow solid was collected by filtration. The obtained solid was washed with 3 L of water, 556 g of methanol, and dried to give a yellow solid (precursor-1). The yield was 152.71 g. Transfer-1) to the reaction used subsequently. (Precursor Synthesis 2) -77- 201206994 [Chem. 71]

於2L四口燒瓶中,置入上述(先驅物-1) 100g ( 290·4 mmol) 、N,N-二甲基胺基吡啶 7.10g( 58.08 mmol) 、四氫呋喃800g,於10 °C下搅拌、溶解。其次,將二碳酸 二tert -丁基152.10g( 697.0 mmol)置入滴下漏斗,並以1 小時時間滴入四口燒瓶中之溶液。滴下結束後,使用蒸發 器餾除反應液,得黃色油(Oil)狀物質。於該黃色油( ΟΠ )狀物質中,加入乙酸乙酯,再加入l〇wt%氯化氫水溶 液 5 00 ml,並予萃取。所得之有機層使用l〇wt%氯化氫水 溶液500 ml洗淨、500 ml之水洗淨2次,洗淨所得之有機層 使用硫酸鎂乾燥。去除乾燥劑後’餾除溶劑’得黃色油( Oil)狀物質。將該黃色油(Oil)狀物質放置—晚後’變 化爲黃色固體。該固體中,加入2 -丙醇4〇0g後’洗淨、濾 取固體、乾燥’得黃白色固體(先驅物-2)。產量爲 1 24.3 2g。所得之固體(先驅物-2 )’隨即可將其使用於其 後之反應。 (DA-6之合成) -78- 201206994 [化 72]Into a 2 L four-necked flask, the above (precursor-1) 100 g (290·4 mmol), N,N-dimethylaminopyridine 7.10 g (58.08 mmol), and tetrahydrofuran 800 g were placed and stirred at 10 ° C. Dissolved. Next, 152.10 g (697.0 mmol) of dit-butyl dicarbonate was placed in a dropping funnel, and the solution was dropped into a four-necked flask over 1 hour. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction liquid was distilled off using an evaporator to obtain a yellow oily material. To the yellow oil (ΟΠ)-like substance, ethyl acetate was added, and then 500 ml of an aqueous solution of 1% by weight of hydrogen chloride was added, and the mixture was extracted. The obtained organic layer was washed with 500 ml of a 1% by weight aqueous solution of hydrogen chloride and washed twice with 500 ml of water, and the resulting organic layer was washed with magnesium sulfate. After the desiccant is removed, the solvent is distilled off to obtain a yellow oily substance. The yellow oil-like material was placed - later changed to a yellow solid. To the solid was added 2 -propanol (4 g), followed by &lt;&quot;&quot;&quot;&quot; The yield is 1 24.3 2g. The resulting solid (precursor-2)' can then be used in the subsequent reaction. (Synthesis of DA-6) -78- 201206994 [Chem. 72]

於2L四口燒瓶中,加入上述先驅物_2 !〇〇.〇g ( 183.6 mmol) 、14_二噁烷1 500g。反應容器經氮氣取代後 ’加入碳化鈀(l0.00g,相對於硝基體之質量爲1〇質量% )’再以氮氣取代。隨後,反應容器以氫取代,於2(TC下 攪拌24小時。於析出之白色固體中,加入乙腈8〇〇g,使其 溶解。反應液使用膜式過瀘器(1.0 jxm)過濾,去除碳化 鈀。由濾液中去除溶劑,得白色固體。於該白色固體中, 加入2-丙醇3 50g,攪拌1小時。1小時後,濾取固體,於所 得固體中加入300g之2-丙醇,使用超音波裝置分散洗淨後 ,進行過濾過、乾燥,得白色固體之DA-6。產量爲65.50g 、產率爲74%。經測定所得固體之1H-NMR,確認生成DA-6 〇 *H-NMR ( DMSO-d6,5ppm ) : 1 · 1 0 〜1.2 3 ( m,6 Η ) 、1.32 ( s,18H) 、3.40 ( t,J = 6.8Hz,4H ) 、5.03 ( s, 4H ) ' 6.49 ( d &gt; 8.0Hz,1H ) 、6.48 ( d &gt; J = 8.4Hz - 4H ) 、6.77 ( d,J = 8.4Hz,4H )。 (合成例12) 1,3-雙(4-胺基苯乙基)脲之合成 -79- 201206994 [化 73]The above precursors _2 !〇〇.〇g (183.6 mmol) and 14-dioxane 1 500 g were placed in a 2 L four-necked flask. After the reaction vessel was replaced with nitrogen, palladium carbide (10.00 g, 1 mass% relative to the mass of the nitro group) was added and replaced with nitrogen. Subsequently, the reaction vessel was replaced with hydrogen, and stirred at 2 (TC for 24 hours. In the white solid precipitated, 8 〇〇g of acetonitrile was added to dissolve it. The reaction solution was filtered using a membrane filter (1.0 jxm) to remove Palladium carbide. The solvent was removed from the filtrate to give a white solid. To the white solid, 3 50 g of 2-propanol was added and stirred for 1 hour. After 1 hour, a solid was collected by filtration, and 300 g of 2-propanol was added to the obtained solid. After dispersing and washing with an ultrasonic device, the mixture was filtered and dried to give DA-6 as a white solid. The yield was 65.50 g, and the yield was 74%. The 1H-NMR of the obtained solid was confirmed to be DA-6. *H-NMR (DMSO-d6,5ppm) : 1 · 1 0 〜1.2 3 ( m,6 Η ) , 1.32 ( s,18H) , 3.40 ( t,J = 6.8Hz,4H ) , 5.03 ( s, 4H ) ' 6.49 ( d &gt; 8.0 Hz, 1H ) , 6.48 ( d &gt; J = 8.4 Hz - 4H ) , 6.77 ( d, J = 8.4 Hz, 4H ) (Synthesis Example 12) 1,3-double (4 -Aminophenethyl)urea synthesis-79- 201206994 [Chem. 73]

OzN ★OzN ★

〇2N N〇2 U) 〇2N€t°^ (C) A —H2N〇r-%a--aNH2 於室溫下、經氮氣取代之4口燒瓶.中,加入2-( 苯基)乙基胺鹽酸鹽[A]( 52.50g、259 mmol)、 (4-硝基苯基)[B](37.53g、123 mmol)及 THF )’於其中加入三乙基胺(74.90g、740 mmol ) J 二甲基胺基吡啶(3.Olg、24.7 mmol)後,使用機 拌器進行攪拌。反應使用HPLC進行追跡,反應結 將反映溶液倒入純水(9L)中,進行30分鐘攪拌。 進行過濾,以純水(1 L )洗淨,得白色固體之粗產 所得之白色固體於甲醇(48 8g)中使用超音波裝置 淨後,進行過濾、乾燥後,得白色固體之二硝基 [C](產量 42.3g、產率 96% )。 'H-NMR ( 400MHz &gt; DMSO-d6 &gt; 6ppm ) : 8.11 4H,m ) &gt; 7.43 -7.40 ( 4H &gt; m ) &gt; 5.89 ( 2H &gt; t) 3. 1 9 ( 4H,q ) ,2.76 ( 4H,t )。 將化合物[C] ( 42.32g、1 18 mmol ) 、5%碳 4.2 3 g、1 〇 w t % ) 、1,4 -二噁烷(2 0 3 1 g )之混合物經 代後,以氫取代,並於氫之存在下,於室溫下進行 反應使用HP LC追跡,反應結束後,使用矽铈石過 4-硝基 碳酸雙 (1877g 5. 4-Ν,Ν 械式攪 束後, 隨後, 物。該 分散洗 化合物 -8.08 ( &gt; 3.24- 化鈀( 氮氣取 攪拌。 濾觸媒 -80- 201206994 後,將瀘液於減壓下餾除溶劑結果,得白色固體之粗產物 。於該粗產物中加入2-丙醇(85g),使用超音波裝置進 行分散洗淨後,經過濾、乾燥後得白色固體之1,3-雙(4-胺基苯乙基)脲(產量31.9g、產率91%)。 ^-NMR ( 400MHz &gt; DMSO-d6 &gt; 5ppm) : 6.8 5-6.82 ( 4H,m) - 6.51-6.48 ( 4H &gt; m) &gt; 5.78 ( 2H &gt; t ) ,4.83( 4H,s) ,3. 14-3.09 ( 4H,m ) ,2.50-2.45 ( 4H,m )。 (合成例1 3 ) [化 74]〇2N N〇2 U) 〇2N€t°^ (C) A —H2N〇r-%a--aNH2 2-Nestrol-substituted 4-nolecular flask at room temperature Base amine hydrochloride [A] (52.50 g, 259 mmol), (4-nitrophenyl) [B] (37.53 g, 123 mmol) and THF)' was added triethylamine (74.90 g, 740) Methyl) dimethylaminopyridine (3. Olg, 24.7 mmol) was stirred using a stirrer. The reaction was traced using HPLC, and the reaction mixture was poured into pure water (9 L), and stirred for 30 minutes. The mixture was filtered, and washed with pure water (1 L) to obtain a white solid obtained as a white solid, which was obtained from a white solid, which was purified by using an ultrasonic apparatus in methanol (48 8 g), filtered and dried to give a white solid. [C] (yield 42.3 g, yield 96%). 'H-NMR (400 MHz &gt; DMSO-d6 &gt; 6 ppm) : 8.11 4H, m ) &gt; 7.43 - 7.40 ( 4H &gt; m ) &gt; 5.89 ( 2H &gt; t) 3. 1 9 ( 4H,q ) , 2.76 ( 4H, t ). Substituting a mixture of compound [C] (42.32 g, 1 18 mmol), 5% carbon 4.2 3 g, 1 〇 wt %), 1,4-dioxane (2 0 3 1 g), replacing with hydrogen And in the presence of hydrogen, the reaction was carried out at room temperature using HP LC trace. After the reaction was completed, the fluorite was subjected to 4-nitrocarbonic acid double (1877 g 5. 4-Ν, after mechanical stirring, followed by The dispersion-washing compound-8.08 (&gt; 3.24-palladium (nitrogen was stirred. After the filter medium-80-201206994, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to give a crude product as a white solid. To the crude product, 2-propanol (85 g) was added, and the mixture was washed with an ultrasonic apparatus, and then filtered and dried to obtain a white solid 1,3-bis(4-aminophenethyl)urea (yield 31.9). g, yield 91%). ^-NMR (400 MHz &gt; DMSO-d6 &gt; 5 ppm) : 6.8 5-6.82 ( 4H, m) - 6.51-6.48 ( 4H &gt; m) &gt; 5.78 ( 2H &gt; t ), 4.83 ( 4H, s) , 3. 14-3.09 ( 4H, m ) , 2.50 - 2.45 ( 4H, m ) (Synthesis Example 1 3 ) [Chem. 74]

於500 mL之反應容器中,加入化合物(b) ( 50.00g 229 mmol)、吡啶(〇.5〇0g,〇·63 2 mm〇1 )、化合物(c (6 3.02 ’ 5 04 mmol )、乙腈(3〇〇g),於氮氣雰圍下 加熱迴流進行反應。反應結束後,冷卻至2〇t:爲止之後 -81 - 201206994 ,經過濾、使用乙腈(1 〇〇g )洗淨後,得粗產物。其次, 粗產物中加入2-丙醇(300g )、蒸餾水(1 〇〇g ),進行加 熱迴流。隨後,冷卻至20 °C,將固體過濾、使用2 -丙醇( l〇〇g )洗淨、乾燥後,得化合物(d )(產量:37.8g,產 率:3 7 % )。 W-NMR ( 4核磁共振分光)(400MHz,DMSO-d6,σ (ppm) ) : 8.07 ( 2H,s) ,5 . 1 5 - 5.1 4 ( 2 H,m ) &gt; 4.62 (2H,t) ,4.59-4.49 ( 4H,m ) ,4.38 ( 2H,q)。 於500 mL之反應容器中,加入化合物(d) ( 20.00g ,44.0 mmol)、亞擴醯氯(120.0g,l.〇i m〇l),進行加 熱迴流。30分鐘後,冷卻至20 °C爲止後,追加亞磺醯氯( 120.0g,1.01 mol) ’再進行2小時之加熱迴流。反應結束 後,將過剩之亞磺醯氯減壓餾除,使用己烷(2 0 0 g )洗淨 。其次,粗產物中,於20 °C下加入二氯甲烷(200g)後進 行攪拌,將化合物(c) ( 12.1g . 96.8 mmol )、吡啶( 13_93g,176 mmol )、二氯甲烷(l〇〇g)溶液緩緩滴入其 中。攪拌1小時後,再加入化合物(c) ( 12.lg · 96.8 mmol)、卩比啶(13.93g,176 mmol)。反應結束後,餾除 溶劑,使用蒸餾水(144g)洗淨,得粗產物。將四氫呋喃 (144g)加入該粗產物中,於23°C下分散洗淨、過濾,分 別使用四氫呋喃(130g)、蒸餾水(I70g)、甲醇(150g )洗淨、乾燥後,得(AD-4)(產量:17.72g,產率: 6 2%)。 'H-NMR ( 'Η核磁共振分光)(400MHz,DMSO-d6,σ -82- 201206994 (ppm) ) : 8.17 ( 2 Η &gt; s ) ,5.18-5.13 ( 2H &gt; m) &gt; 4.64- 4.53 ( 6H,m ) ,4.37 ( 2H,q )。 (合成例1 4 ) 於附有攪拌裝置之3 00 mL四口燒瓶中’秤取2,4-雙( 甲氧基羰基)環丁烷-1,3-二羧酸l〇.2〇46g( 3 9.22 mmol) ,加入NMP 181.2 g後,攪拌使其溶解。隨後,秤取三乙基 胺 8.90g ( 87.90 mmol ) 、p-苯二胺 3.8987g ( 36.05 mmol )、DA-2 0.9528g(4.02 mmol)後,攪拌使其溶解。將此 溶液於攪拌中,添加(2,3-二羥基-2-硫(酮)基-3-苯併噁 唑啉基)膦酸二苯基33.74g ( 88.01 mmol )後,再添加 NMP 3 2g,於水冷下反應4小時。將所得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液 於攪拌中投入l〇9〇g之2-丙醇中’濾取析出之沈澱物,隨 後,使用540g之2_丙醇洗淨5次,經乾燥後得聚醯胺酸酯 樹脂粉末。 該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲Mn = 5210、Mw = 8 755。 於50 ml三角燒瓶中,秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 末2.4495g,加入NMP 22.1 54 1 g,於室溫下攪拌24小時使 其溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-3 )。 (合成例1 5 ) 於附有攪拌裝置之2 00 mL四口燒瓶中’秤取2,5·雙 (甲氧基羰基)對苯二甲酸1.2736g(4.51mmol) ' 2,4- 雙(甲氧基羰基)環丁烷-1,3-二羧酸2.691 5g ( 10.34 -83 - 201206994 mmol ),加入NMP 73.20g後,攪拌使其溶解。隨後,秤 取三乙基胺3.34g(33.01 mmol) 、1,3 -雙(4-胺基苯氧基 )丙烷 3.43 76g ( 12.01 mmol ) 、DA-2 0.7 1 22g ( 3.00 mmol )後,攪拌使其溶解。將此溶液於攪拌中,添加( 2,3-二羥基-2-硫(酮)基-3-苯倂噁唑啉基)膦酸二苯基 12.65g(33.0 mmol),再加入NMP 10g,於水冷下反應4 小時。將所得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液於攪拌中投入53 Og之2-丙 醇中,濾取析出之沈澱物,隨後,使用2 1 0g之2-丙醇洗淨 5次,經乾燥後得聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末。 該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲Mn=10281、Mw = 23163。 於50 ml三角燒瓶中,秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 末2_5429g,加入NMP 22.9458g,於室溫下攪拌24小時使 其溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-4)。 (合成例1 6 ) 將附有攪拌裝置之3 00 mL四口燒瓶設定於氮雰圍中, 置入 4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷 5.〇〇67g( 25.25 mmol) 、DA-6 3.05 73 g ( 6.3 1 mmol ),加入 NMP 1 39g、作爲鹼之吡 啶5.5 7g ( 7 0.3 6 mmol)後,攪拌使其溶解。其次將此二胺 溶液於攪拌中,添加 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 9.5299g( 29.31 mmol ) ’於水冷下反應4小時。所得之聚醯胺酸酯之溶液 於攪拌中投入1545g之純水中,濾取析出之白色沈澱,隨 後使用1545g之純水洗淨1次、i545g之乙醇洗淨1次、再使 用3 86g之乙醇洗淨3次,乾燥後得白色之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂 -84 - 201206994 粉末。該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲Mn= 1 43 5 9、Mw = 3 1 55 8。 秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末12.31 g置入50 ml三角 燒瓶中,加入NMP 110.79g,於室溫下攪拌24小時使其溶 解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-5)。 (合成例1 7 ) 於附有攪拌裝置之2 00 mL四口燒瓶中,秤取2,5-雙 (甲氧基羰基)對苯二甲酸5.5958g ( 19.83 mmol),加入 NMP 68.70g後,攪拌使其溶解。隨後,加入三乙基胺 4-01g ( 39.63 mmol) 、3-胺基苄胺 1.9611g ( 16.05 mmol )' DA-2 0.9493g(4.00mmol)後,攪拌使其溶解。將 此溶液於攪拌中,添加4- ( 4,6-二甲氧基-1,3,5-三氮雜苯-2-基)-4-甲基嗎啉鑰氯化物(15±2重量%水和物)16.40g ,再加入NMP 7.72g,於水冷下反應4小時。將所得之聚醯 胺酸酯溶液於攪拌中投入63 3 g之2-丙醇中,濾取析出之沈 澱物,隨後,使用210g之2-丙醇洗淨5次,經乾燥後得聚 醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末。該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲Mn= 5152 ' Mw = 8788 〇 於50 ml三角燒瓶中,秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉 末2.5630g,加入NMP 23.0971g,於室溫下攪拌24小時使 其溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-6)。 (合成例1 8 ) 將附有攪拌裝置之3 00 mL四口燒瓶設定於氮雰圍中’ -85- 201206994 置入 4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷 1.5163g(7.65 mmol) 、DA-l 2.8712g ( 7.57 mmol )後,加入 NMP 73.3g、作爲鹼之吡 啶2.82g ( 3 5.59 mmol )後,搅拌使其溶解。其次將此二胺 溶液於攪拌中,添加 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 4.8 5 8 3 g ( 14.94 mmol ),於水冷下反應4小時《 4小時後,反應溶液中加入 NMP 8 1.44g,於室溫(20°C )下攪拌1 5分鐘。將所得之聚 醯胺酸酯之溶液,於攪拌中投入8 5 0g之2_丙醇中,濾取析 出之白色沈澱,隨後,使用17〇g之2-丙醇洗淨5次,乾燥 後得白色之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末。該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量 爲 Mn = 21514、Mw = 43 900 ° 秤取所得之聚醯J安酸酯樹脂粉末2.1 684g置入50 ml三 角燒瓶中,加入NMP 19.2226g,於室溫下攪拌24小時使其 溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-7 )。 (合成例1 9 ) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之200 mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取 p-苯二胺 1 ·73 1 2g ( 1 6.01 mmol )及 DA-2 0.9444g ( 3.98 mmol),加入Ν Μ P 3 2.4 7 g,於持續送入氮氣中攪拌 使其溶解。此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加2.3.5-三羧基環戊 基乙酸二酐4.4841g(20.0 mmol),再加入NMP以使固形 分濃度達15質量%爲止,於室溫下攪拌24小時。該溶液之 溫度於25°C之黏度爲5 80 mPa · s。於該溶液中加入NMP 23.2 8g,使固形分濃度達10質量%後,加入1-甲基-3-ρ·甲 苯三氮烯6.04g ( 40·5 mmol ),於室溫下攪拌4小時。4小 -86- 201206994 時後,將反應液於攪拌中投入28 6g之2-丙醇中,濾取析出 之沈澱物,隨後,使用140g之2 -丙醇洗淨5次’經乾燥後 得聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末。該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲 Mn=1 6532、Mw = 5〇698 〇 於放置有攪拌子之50 ml樣品管中,秤取所得之聚醯 胺酸酯樹脂粉末 2.207 8g,加入NMP 1 9.7894g,於室溫下 攪拌24小時使其溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-8)。 (合成例20) 將附有攪拌裝置之3 00 mL四口燒瓶設定於氮雰圍中, 置入4-胺基-N-甲基苯乙基胺1.9995g( 13.28 mmol) 、DA-5 0.93 79g (3.35 mmol ),加入NMP 130.70g、作爲鹼之 吡啶3.80g( 37.54 mmol)後,攪拌使其溶解。其次將此二 胺溶液於攪拌中,添加1,3DM-CBDE-C1 5.0894g ( 15.65 mmol ),於水冷下反應4小時。將所得之聚醯胺酸酯之溶 液,於攪拌中投入688g之2-丙醇中’濾取析出之白色沈澱 ’隨後使用172g之2-丙醇洗淨5次’乾燥後得白色之聚醯 胺酸酯樹脂粉末。該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲Mn = 73 3 1、 Mw=14716。 秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末1.9755g置入50 ml三 角燒瓶中,加入NMP l7.73l4g,於室溫下攪拌24小時使其 溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-9 )。 (合成例2 1 ) -87- 201206994 於附有攪拌裝置之100 mL四口燒瓶設定於氮雰圍中, 置入?-苯二胺 0.6005呂(5_55 111111〇1)、0八-4 0.2334g ( 0.694 mmol ) ,DA-3 0.1 849g ( 0.693 mmol)後,加入 NMP 49.80g、作爲鹼之吡啶 1.15g(14.56 mmol)後,攪 拌使其溶解。其次將此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加1,3DM-CBDE-C1 2.2550g ( 6.94 mmol),於水冷下反應 4小時。 將所得之聚醯胺酸酯之溶液,於攪拌中投入277g之水中, 濾取析出之白色沈澱,隨後使用69 g之水洗淨5次,乾燥後 得白色之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末》該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲 Mn=l 69 1 9、Mw = 2798 2。 秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末2.0204g置入50 ml三 角燒瓶中,加入GBL 18.1836g,於室溫下攪拌24小時使其 溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-10) » (合成例22) 於附有攪拌裝置之300 mL四口燒瓶中,秤取2 ’ 5-雙 (甲氧基羰基)對苯二甲酸2.2570g(8.00 mmol) ' 2,4-雙(甲氧基羰基)環丁烷-1,3-二羧酸3.0206g ( 11·61 mmol ),加入Ν Μ P 1 Ο Ο . 3 5 g後,攪拌使其溶解。隨後’加 入三乙基胺4.45g( 43.98 mmol) 、1,5-雙(4 -胺基本氧基 )丙烷 3.0934g(11.98 mmol) 、1,3 -雙(4-胺基苯乙基) 脲 1.201 8g ( 4.03 mmol ) 、DA-3 1.065 3 g ( 4.02 mmol )後,攪拌使其溶解。將此溶液於攪拌中,添加(2,3·二 羥基-2-硫(酮)基-3-苯倂噁唑啉基)膦酸二苯基16.92g -88- 201206994 (44.14 mmol ),再加入NMP 1 3 · 1 4g,於水冷下反應4小 時。將所得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液於攪拌中投入890g之2-丙醇 中,濾取析出之沈澱物,隨後,使用3 00g之2-丙醇洗淨5 次,經乾燥後得聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末。 該聚酶胺酸酯之分子量爲Mn = 9170、Mw=19990。 秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末1.8720g置入50 ml三 角燒瓶中,加入NMP 1 6.9543g,於室溫下攪拌24小時使其 溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-11)。 (合成例2 3 ) 將附有攪拌裝置之3 00 mL四口燒瓶設定於氮雰圍中, 置入 p-苯二胺 3.02g( 27.93 mmol) ,NMP 173.0g、作爲鹼 之吡啶5.16g ( 65.25 mmol)後,攪拌使其溶解。其次將此 二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加二甲基2,4-雙(氯羰基)環丁烷-1,3-二羧酸酯 8.09g (27.23 mmol),於水冷下反應2小時 。將所得之聚醯胺酸酯之溶液,投入lOOOg之水中,濾取 析出之白色沈澱,隨後,使用3 00g之2-丙醇洗淨5次,乾 燥後得白色之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末。該聚醯胺酸酯之分子 量爲 Mn= 1 0820、Mw = 29 1 97。 秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末1.53 09置入50 ml三角 燒瓶中,加入NMP 13.7781g、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺16.9279g ,於室溫下攪拌24小時使其溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液( PAE-12)。 -89- 201206994 ' - ) 取01 秤m , m 中30 瓶6 燒 C / g □ 9 7 四 7 L7 m 1 ο酸 20甲 之二 置苯 裝對 拌 } &gt;攪基 24有羰 例附基 成於氧 合甲 雙 4 雙(甲氧基羰基)環丁烷-1,3-二羧酸3.7712g ( 14.49 mmol ),加入NMP 146.71g後,攪拌使其溶解。隨後,加 入三乙基胺4.25g(42.0 mmol) 、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基 )丙烷5.423 9g ( 21.0 mmol )後,攪拌使其溶解。將此溶 液於攪拌中,添加(2,3-二羥基-2-硫(酮)基-3-苯倂噁唑 啉基)膦酸二苯酯16.91g(44.11 mmol),再加入NMP 2 5 · 8 1 g,於水冷下反應4小時。將所得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液 於攪拌中投入1 224g之甲醇中,濾取析出之沈澱物,隨後 ,使用408 g之甲醇洗淨4次,經乾燥後得聚醯胺酸酯樹脂 粉末。該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量爲Mn=15103、Mw = 32483。 秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末l.〇172g置入50 ml三 角燒瓶中,加入NMP 9.4167g,於室溫下攪拌24小時使其 溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-13 )。 (合成例25 ) 將附有攪拌裝置之3 00 mL四口燒瓶設定於氮雰圍中, 置入 4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷 5.0086g(25_26 mmol) 、1,5-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)戊烷1.8 064g ( 6.31 mmol )後,加入 NMP 272g、作爲鹼之吡啶5.69g(71.88 mmol)後,攪拌 使其溶解。其次將此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加1,3DM-CBDE-C1 9.7356g ( 29.94 mmol ),於水冷下反應 4小時 -90 - 201206994 。所得聚醯胺酸酯之溶液於攪拌中投入1 43 6g之純水中’ 濾取析出之白色沈澱,隨後使用1 43 6g之純水洗淨1次、 1 43 6g之乙醇洗淨1次,再使用3 8 6g之乙醇洗淨3次’乾燥 後得白色之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末。該聚醯胺酸酯之分子量 爲 Mn=1 5205、Mw = 3021 9。 秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末11.89g置入50 ml三角 燒瓶中,加入NMP 107.Olg,於室溫下攪拌24小時使其溶 解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-14)。 (合成例26) 於附有攪拌裝置之200 mL四口燒瓶中,秤取2,5-雙 (甲氧基羰基)對苯二甲酸3_7141g(13.16 mmol )後,加 入NMP 7 2.3 lg後,攪拌使其溶解。隨後,加入三乙基胺 0.71g( 7.01 mmol) 、3-胺基苄胺 1.7112g( 14.01 mmol) 後,攪拌使其溶解。將此溶液於攪拌中,添加4-( 4,6·二 甲氧基-1,3,5-三氮雜苯-2-基)-4-甲基嗎啉鏺氯化物( 15±2重量%水和物)1 1.6258g,再加入NMP 12.91g,於水 冷下反應4小時。將所得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液於攪拌中投入 616g之甲醇中,濾取析出之沈澱物,隨後,使用616g之甲 醇洗淨4次,經乾燥後得聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末。該聚醯胺 酸酯之分子量爲Mn = 7234、Mw= 1 55 77。 秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末1.1 3 25 g置入50 ml三 角燒瓶中,加入NMP 10.1925g,於室溫下攪拌24小時使其 溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(P AE- 1 5 )。 -91 - 201206994 (合成例2 7 ) 將附有攪拌裝置之300 mL四口燒瓶設定於氮雰圍中, 置入 ρ-苯二胺 7.0100g ( 64.82 mmol)後,加入 NMP 108g 、γ-BL 324g、作爲鹼之吡啶11.55g ( 146 mmol)後,攪拌 使其溶解。其次將此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加1,3DM-CBDE-C1 1 9.783 8g ( 60.85 mmol ),於水冷下反應 4小 時。所得聚醯胺酸酯之溶液於攪拌中投入1881g之2-丙醇 中,濾取析出之白色沈澱,隨後使用94 Og之2-丙醇洗淨5 次,乾燥後得白色之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末。該聚醯胺酸酯 之分子量爲 Mn=11325、Mw = 24387 ° 秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末1.2019g置入50 ml三 角燒瓶中,加入N,N-二乙基甲醯胺10.81 71g,於室溫下攪 拌24小時使其溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-16)。 (合成例2 8 ) 於附有攪拌裝置之300 mL四口燒瓶設定於氮雰圍中, 置入4-胺基-N -甲基苯乙基胺3.0144g( 20.07 mmol),加 入 NMP 148.88g、作爲鹼之吡啶 4.65g ( 46.01 mmol)後, 攪拌使其溶解。其次將此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加1,3DM-CBDE-C1 6.23 90g ( 19.19 mmol ),於水冷下反應 4小時。 將所得之聚醯胺酸酯之溶液,於攪拌中投入7 84g之水中, 濾取析出之白色沈澱,隨後使用784g之水、196g之2-丙醇 洗淨3次,乾燥後得白色之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末。該聚醯 -92- 201206994 胺酸酯之分子量爲Mn = 8 69 1、Mw = 203 1 1。 秤取所得之聚醯胺酸酯樹脂粉末1.9144g置入50 ml三 角燒瓶中,加入NMP 1 7.2026g,於室溫下攪拌24小時使其 溶解,得聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-17)。 (合成例29) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之1〇〇 mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取3,5-二胺基苯甲酸20_08388(132.〇111111〇1)及0八-7 2 1.3254g ( 88.0 mmol),加入 NMP 268.48g後,於持續送 入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解》此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加 1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐 42.4946g(216.7 mmol),再加 入NMP使固形分濃度達20質量%,於室溫下攪拌24小時, 得聚醯胺酸(PAA-5 )之溶液。該聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度 25 °C下之黏度爲2156 mPa.s。又,該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲 Mn= 1 8 7 9 4 ' Mw = 63 3 87。 (合成例3 0 ) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之1〇〇 mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取 4,4’-二胺基二苯基胺 3.5843g ( 17.99 mmol) 、DA-7 2.9064g( 12.0 mmol ),力D 入 NMP 55.58g,於持續送入氮 氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐5.7653g ( 29.40 mmol ),再加入NMP以 使固形分濃度達15質量%爲止,於室溫下攪拌24小時。所 得之聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度25°C下之黏度爲1 269 mPa · s。又 -93- 201206994 ,該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲Mn= 1 5559、Mw = 43490。 再於此溶液中,加入3 -環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽 烷0.0368g,於室溫下攪拌24小時,得聚醯胺酸溶液( PAA-6)。 (合成例3 1 ) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之1〇〇 mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取3,5-二胺基苯甲酸1.21338(7.97 111111〇1)、4,4’-二胺 基二苯基-N -甲基-胺 6.8216g(31.98 mmol),加入 NMP 44.03 g,於持續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於 攪拌中,添加BDA7.1310g(36.0mmol),於室溫下攪拌 2小時。其次,加入NMP 14.62g、苯均四酸二酐0.8713g( 3.99 mmol)。再加入N MP使固形分濃度達1 8質量%爲止, 於室溫下攪拌24小時。所得之聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度25 °C下 之黏度爲577 mPa .s。又,該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲 Mn=l 265 6、Mw = 28487。 再於此溶液中,加入3 -環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽 烷0.0480g,於室溫下攪拌24小時,得聚醯胺酸溶液( PAA-7 )。 (合成例32 ) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之100 mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取3,5-二胺基苯甲酸3.654 1 g ( 24.02 mmol ) 、1,4-雙(In a 500 mL reaction vessel, compound (b) (50.00 g 229 mmol), pyridine (〇.5〇0g, 〇·63 2 mm〇1), compound (c (6 3.02 ' 5 04 mmol ), acetonitrile) were added. (3〇〇g), the reaction was heated and refluxed under a nitrogen atmosphere. After the reaction was completed, it was cooled to 2 〇t: after -81 - 201206994, filtered and washed with acetonitrile (1 〇〇g) to obtain a thick Next, 2-propyl alcohol (300 g) and distilled water (1 〇〇g) were added to the crude product, followed by heating under reflux. Then, the mixture was cooled to 20 ° C, and the solid was filtered, using 2-propanol (1 g) After washing and drying, the compound (d) was obtained (yield: 37.8 g, yield: 37%). W-NMR (4 NMR spectrometry) (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, σ (ppm)): 8.07 ( 2H,s) ,5 . 1 5 - 5.1 4 ( 2 H,m ) &gt; 4.62 (2H,t) , 4.59-4.49 ( 4H,m ) , 4.38 ( 2H,q) in a 500 mL reaction vessel Compound (d) (20.00 g, 44.0 mmol) and yttrium chloride (120.0 g, l. 〇im〇l) were added and heated to reflux. After 30 minutes, after cooling to 20 ° C, sulfinium sulfonate was added. Chlorine (120.0g, 1.01 mol)' After heating for 2 hours, the excess sulfinium chloride was distilled off under reduced pressure and washed with hexane (200 g). Next, in the crude product, dichloromethane was added at 20 °C. After stirring (200 g), a solution of the compound (c) ( 12.1 g. 96.8 mmol), pyridine (13-93 g, 176 mmol), dichloromethane (10 g) was slowly added dropwise thereto, and after stirring for 1 hour, Compound (c) (12 lg · 96.8 mmol) and hydrazine (13.93 g, 176 mmol) were added. After the reaction was completed, the solvent was evaporated and washed with distilled water (144 g) to give a crude product. THF (144 g) The crude product was added, washed at 23 ° C, filtered, and washed with tetrahydrofuran (130 g), distilled water (I70 g), methanol (150 g), and dried to give (AD-4) (yield: 17.72 g). , Yield: 6 2%). 'H-NMR ('Η NMR spectroscopy) (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, σ -82 - 201206994 (ppm)): 8.17 ( 2 Η &gt; s ) , 5.18-5.13 ( 2H &gt; m) &gt; 4.64- 4.53 ( 6H,m ) , 4.37 ( 2H,q ). (Synthesis Example 1 4) 2,4-bis(methoxycarbonyl)cyclobutane-1,3-dicarboxylic acid l〇.2〇46g was weighed in a 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device. (3 9.22 mmol), after adding 181.2 g of NMP, it was stirred to dissolve. Subsequently, 8.90 g (87.90 mmol) of triethylamine, 3.8987 g (36.05 mmol) of p-phenylenediamine, and 0.9528 g (4.02 mmol) of DA-2 were weighed and stirred to dissolve. This solution was stirred, and after adding (2,3-dihydroxy-2-thio(keto)yl-3-benzoxazolinyl)phosphonic acid diphenyl 33.74 g (88.01 mmol), NMP 3 was further added. 2 g, reacted under water cooling for 4 hours. The obtained polyamine lysate solution was poured into 1 〇 9 〇g of 2-propanol under stirring to 'filter the precipitate which was precipitated, and then washed 5 times with 540 g of 2-propanol, and dried. Polyurethane resin powder. The molecular weight of the polyglycolate was Mn = 5210 and Mw = 8 755. In a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, 2.4495 g of the obtained polyphthalate resin powder was weighed, and NMP 22.1 54 1 g was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved to obtain a polyamidate solution (PAE-3). ). (Synthesis Example 15) 'Weighing 2,5·bis(methoxycarbonyl)terephthalic acid 1.2736 g (4.51 mmol) ' 2,4-dual in a 200 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device Methoxycarbonyl)cyclobutane-1,3-dicarboxylic acid 2.691 5g (10.34 -83 - 201206994 mmol), and after adding 73.20 g of NMP, it was stirred and dissolved. Subsequently, 3.34 g (33.01 mmol) of triethylamine, 3.43 76 g (12.01 mmol) of 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)propane, and DA-2 0.7 1 22 g (3.000 mmol) were weighed and stirred. Let it dissolve. The solution was stirred, and 12.65 g (33.0 mmol) of (2,3-dihydroxy-2-thio(keto)-3-phenylindolozolyl)phosphonic acid diphenyl was added, followed by NMP 10 g. The reaction was carried out for 4 hours under water cooling. The obtained polyglycolate solution was put into 53 Og of 2-propanol under stirring, and the precipitate was precipitated by filtration, and then washed with 2 10 g of 2-propanol for 5 times, and dried to obtain a poly A phthalate resin powder. The molecular weight of the polyphthalate was Mn = 10,281 and Mw = 23,163. In a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, 2 to 5,429 g of the obtained polyphthalate resin powder was weighed, and 2.93458 g of NMP was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to dissolve it to obtain a polyamidate solution (PAE-4). (Synthesis Example 16) A 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device was set in a nitrogen atmosphere, and 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane 5. 〇〇 67 g (25.25 mmol), DA- was placed. 6 3.05 73 g (6.3 1 mmol), NMP 1 39 g, and base pyridine 5.5 7 g (7 0.3 6 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred and dissolved. Next, this diamine solution was stirred, and 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 9.5299 g (29.31 mmol) was added for 4 hours under water cooling. The obtained polyglycolate solution was poured into 1545 g of pure water with stirring, and the precipitated white precipitate was collected by filtration, and then washed once with 1545 g of pure water, once with i545 g of ethanol, and then with 3 86 g. The ethanol was washed 3 times, and after drying, a white polyphthalate resin-84 - 201206994 powder was obtained. The molecular weight of the polyglycolate is Mn = 1 43 5 9 and Mw = 3 1 55 8 . 12.31 g of the obtained polyphthalate resin powder was weighed and placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 110.79 g of NMP was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved to obtain a polyamidate solution (PAE-5). (Synthesis Example 1 7) In a 200 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device, 5.5958 g (19.83 mmol) of 2,5-bis(methoxycarbonyl)terephthalic acid was weighed, and 68.70 g of NMP was added thereto. Stir to dissolve. Subsequently, triethylamine 4-01 g (39.63 mmol) and 3-aminobenzylamine 1.9611 g (16.05 mmol) of 'DA-2 0.9493 g (4.00 mmol) were added, followed by stirring to dissolve. This solution was stirred with the addition of 4-(4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazabenzene-2-yl)-4-methylmorpholine chloride (15 ± 2 weight) 16.40 g of water and water, and 7.72 g of NMP were added, and reacted under water cooling for 4 hours. The obtained polyglycolate solution was poured into 63 3 g of 2-propanol with stirring, and the precipitate was precipitated by filtration, and then washed with 210 g of 2-propanol for 5 times, and dried to obtain polyfluorene. Amine resin powder. The molecular weight of the polyglycolate was Mn = 5152 'Mw = 8788 〇 in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, 2.5630 g of the obtained polyphthalate resin powder was weighed, NMP 23.0971 g was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. This was dissolved to obtain a polyamidate solution (PAE-6). (Synthesis Example 1 8) A 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device was set in a nitrogen atmosphere. -85-201206994 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane 1.5163 g (7.65 mmol), DA -l 2.8712 g ( 7.57 mmol), 73.3 g of NMP and 2.82 g (3 5.59 mmol) of pyridine as a base were added, and the mixture was stirred and dissolved. Next, the diamine solution was stirred, and 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 4.8 5 8 3 g (14.94 mmol) was added, and the reaction was carried out for 4 hours under water cooling. After 4 hours, NMP 8 1.44 g was added to the reaction solution. Stir at temperature (20 ° C) for 15 minutes. The obtained solution of the polyglycolate was poured into 850 g of 2-propanol under stirring, and the precipitated white precipitate was collected by filtration, and then washed with 17 g of 2-propanol for 5 times, and dried. A white polyphthalate resin powder was obtained. The molecular weight of the polyglycolate was Mn = 21514, Mw = 43 900 °. The obtained polythene phthalate resin powder 2.1 684g was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and NMP 19.2226g was added and stirred at room temperature. It was dissolved in 24 hours to obtain a polyamine solution (PAE-7). (Synthesis Example 19) In a 200 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube, p-phenylenediamine 1 · 73 1 2 g (1 6.01 mmol) and DA-2 0.9444 g (3.98 mmol) were weighed. Add Ν Μ P 3 2.4 7 g, stir and dissolve in nitrogen gas continuously. This diamine solution was stirred, and 4.4841 g (20.0 mmol) of 2.3.5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride was added thereto, and NMP was added thereto so that the solid content concentration became 15% by mass, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The solution has a viscosity of 5 80 mPa · s at 25 ° C. After adding NMP 23.2 8 g to the solution to a solid concentration of 10% by mass, 6.04 g (40·5 mmol) of 1-methyl-3-ρ·metrizene was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. After 4 hours -86 - 201206994, the reaction solution was poured into 28 6 g of 2-propanol with stirring, and the precipitate was separated by filtration, and then washed with 140 g of 2-propanol for 5 times. Polyurethane resin powder. The molecular weight of the polyglycolate was Mn=1 6532, Mw = 5〇698 〇 in a 50 ml sample tube in which a stir bar was placed, and the obtained polyphthalate resin powder 2.207 8 g was weighed and added to NMP 1 9.7894. g, stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to dissolve, to obtain a polyamidate solution (PAE-8). (Synthesis Example 20) A 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere, and 1.9995 g (13.28 mmol) of 4-amino-N-methylphenethylamine was placed, and DA-5 0.93 79 g was placed. (3.35 mmol), 130.70 g of NMP and 3.80 g (37.54 mmol) of pyridine as a base were added, followed by stirring to dissolve. Next, this diamine solution was stirred, and 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 5.0894 g (15.65 mmol) was added, and the mixture was reacted for 4 hours under water cooling. The obtained solution of the polyamidite was put into 688 g of 2-propanol under stirring to 'filter out the precipitated white precipitate' and then washed 5 times with 172 g of 2-propanol. Amine resin powder. The molecular weight of the polyamidomate was Mn = 73 3 1 and Mw = 14716. 1.9755 g of the obtained polyphthalate resin powder was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and NMP 17.73 4 g was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved to obtain a polyamidate solution (PAE-9). . (Synthesis Example 2 1) -87- 201206994 Placed in a nitrogen atmosphere with a 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device. - phenylenediamine 0.6005 L (5_55 111111〇1), 0-8-4 0.2334g (0.694 mmol), DA-3 0.1 849g (0.693 mmol), then added 49.80 g of NMP as a base pyridine 1.15 g (14.56 mmol) After that, it was stirred to dissolve. Next, the diamine solution was stirred, and 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 2.2550 g (6.94 mmol) was added, and the mixture was reacted under water cooling for 4 hours. The obtained polyglycolate solution was poured into 277 g of water with stirring, and the precipitated white precipitate was collected by filtration, followed by washing with 69 g of water for 5 times, and dried to obtain a white polyphthalate resin powder. The molecular weight of the polyglycolate was Mn = l 69 1 9 and Mw = 2798 2 . 2.0204 g of the obtained polyphthalate resin powder was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 18.18836 g of GBL was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved to obtain a polyamidate solution (PAE-10). (Synthesis Example 22) 2,5-bis(methoxycarbonyl)terephthalic acid 2.2570 g (8.00 mmol) '2,4-bis(methoxy) was weighed in a 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device. 3.0206 g (11.61 mmol) of cyclocarbonyl-cyclobutane-1,3-dicarboxylic acid was added to Ν Μ P 1 Ο Ο . 3 5 g, and stirred to dissolve. Subsequently 'Addition of triethylamine 4.45 g (43.98 mmol), 1,5-bis(4-amine basic oxy)propane 3.0934 g (11.98 mmol), 1,3 -bis(4-aminophenethyl)urea 1.201 8g (4.03 mmol) and DA-3 1.065 3 g (4.02 mmol) were stirred and dissolved. Add this solution (2,3·dihydroxy-2-thio(keto)-3-benzoquinazolinyl)phosphonic acid diphenyl 16.92g -88- 201206994 (44.14 mmol ) with stirring. NMP 1 3 · 14 g was added and reacted under water cooling for 4 hours. The obtained polyamidate solution was poured into 890 g of 2-propanol under stirring, and the precipitate was separated by filtration, and then washed with 300 g of 2-propanol for 5 times, and dried to obtain polyamine. Acid resin powder. The molecular weight of the polyamine amine ester was Mn = 9170 and Mw = 19990. 1.8720 g of the obtained polyphthalate resin powder was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and NMP 1 6.9543 g was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved to obtain a polyamidate solution (PAE-11). . (Synthesis Example 2 3) A 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device was set in a nitrogen atmosphere, and 3.02 g (27.93 mmol) of p-phenylenediamine, 173.0 g of NMP, and 5.16 g of pyridine as a base (65.25) were placed. After mmol), it was stirred to dissolve. Next, this diamine solution was stirred, and 8.09 g (27.23 mmol) of dimethyl 2,4-bis(chlorocarbonyl)cyclobutane-1,3-dicarboxylate was added, and the mixture was reacted for 2 hours under water cooling. The obtained solution of the polyglycolate was poured into 100 g of water, and the precipitated white precipitate was collected by filtration, and then washed with 300 g of 2-propanol for 5 times, and dried to obtain a white polyphthalate resin powder. . The molecular weight of the polyperurethane was Mn = 1 0820 and Mw = 29 1 97. The obtained polypalmitate resin powder 1.53 09 was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 13.811 g of NMP and 16.69279 g of N,N-dimethylformamide were added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved. A polyamine solution (PAE-12) was obtained. -89- 201206994 ' - ) Take 01 scale m, m in 30 bottles 6 burn C / g □ 9 7 four 7 L7 m 1 o acid 20 A two of benzene loaded to mix} &gt; stirrer 24 has carbonyl attached The group was formed into 3.7712 g (14.49 mmol) of oxydimethyl bis(methoxycarbonyl)cyclobutane-1,3-dicarboxylic acid, and after adding 14.61 g of NMP, it was stirred and dissolved. Subsequently, 4.25 g (42.0 mmol) of triethylamine and 5.423 9 g (21.0 mmol) of 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)propane were added, followed by stirring to dissolve. While stirring this solution, 16.91 g (44.11 mmol) of (2,3-dihydroxy-2-thio(keto)-3-phenylindolozolyl)phosphonate diphenyl ester was added, followed by addition of NMP 2 5 · 8 1 g, reacted for 4 hours under water cooling. The obtained polyamidate solution was poured into 1 224 g of methanol under stirring, and the deposited precipitate was collected by filtration, and then washed four times with 408 g of methanol, and dried to obtain a polyphthalate resin powder. The molecular weight of the polyglycolate was Mn = 15103 and Mw = 324,83. The obtained polyphthalate resin powder 1. g 172g was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and NMP 9.4167 g was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved to obtain a polyamidate solution (PAE-13). ). (Synthesis Example 25) A 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere, and 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane was placed at 5.586 g (25_26 mmol), 1,5-bis ( After 1.8 064 g (6.31 mmol) of 4-aminophenoxy)pentane, 272 g of NMP and 5.69 g (71.88 mmol) of pyridine as a base were added, followed by stirring to dissolve. Next, the diamine solution was stirred, and 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 9.7356 g (29.94 mmol) was added, and the mixture was reacted under water cooling for 4 hours - 90 - 201206994. The obtained solution of the polyglycolate was added to 143 6 g of pure water under stirring to remove the white precipitate which was precipitated, and then washed once with 146 g of pure water and once with 146 g of ethanol. Further, it was washed three times with 386 g of ethanol to dry the white polyphthalate resin powder. The polyglycolate has a molecular weight of Mn = 1550 and Mw = 3021 9. 11.89 g of the obtained polyphthalate resin powder was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and NMP 100.7 ml was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved to obtain a polyamidate solution (PAE-14). . (Synthesis Example 26) After weighing 2,7141 g (13.16 mmol) of 2,5-bis(methoxycarbonyl)terephthalate in a 200 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device, NMP 7 2.3 lg was added, followed by stirring. Let it dissolve. Subsequently, 0.71 g (7.01 mmol) of triethylamine and 1.7112 g (14.01 mmol) of 3-aminobenzylamine were added, followed by stirring to dissolve. This solution was stirred and added 4-(4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazabenzene-2-yl)-4-methylmorpholinium chloride (15±2 weight) 1 1.6258 g of water and substance), 12.91 g of NMP was further added, and the reaction was carried out for 4 hours under water cooling. The obtained polyamidate solution was poured into 616 g of methanol under stirring, and the precipitate was precipitated by filtration, and then washed with 616 g of methanol for 4 times, and dried to obtain a polyphthalate resin powder. The molecular weight of the polyphthalate was Mn = 7234 and Mw = 1 55 77. The obtained polyphthalate resin powder 1.1 3 25 g was weighed and placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 10.1925 g of NMP was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved to obtain a polyamidate solution (P AE- 1 5 ). -91 - 201206994 (Synthesis Example 7 7) A 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere, and after placing 7.01 g (64.82 mmol) of ρ-phenylenediamine, NMP 108 g and γ-BL 324 g were added. After 11.55 g (146 mmol) of the pyridine as a base, it was stirred and dissolved. Next, this diamine solution was stirred, and 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 1 9.783 8 g (60.85 mmol) was added, and the mixture was reacted under water cooling for 4 hours. The obtained polyphthalate solution was poured into 1881 g of 2-propanol under stirring, and the precipitated white precipitate was collected by filtration, followed by washing with 94 Og of 2-propanol for 5 times, and dried to obtain a white polyamine. Ester resin powder. The molecular weight of the polyglycolate was Mn=11325, Mw=24387 °. 1.2019 g of the obtained polyphthalate resin powder was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and N,N-diethylformamide 10.81 was added. 71 g was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to dissolve to obtain a polyamidate solution (PAE-16). (Synthesis Example 2 8) A 300 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device was set in a nitrogen atmosphere, and 3.0144 g (20.07 mmol) of 4-amino-N-methylphenethylamine was placed, and NMP 148.88 g was added. After 4.65 g (46.01 mmol) of the pyridine as a base, it was stirred and dissolved. Next, the diamine solution was stirred, and 1,3DM-CBDE-C1 6.23 90 g (19.19 mmol) was added, and the mixture was reacted under water cooling for 4 hours. The obtained solution of the polyglycolate was put into 7 84 g of water under stirring, and the precipitated white precipitate was collected by filtration, and then washed with 784 g of water and 196 g of 2-propanol for 3 times, and dried to obtain a white aggregate. A phthalate resin powder. The molecular weight of the polyfluorene-92-201206994 aminate is Mn = 8 69 1 and Mw = 203 1 1. 1.9144 g of the obtained polyphthalate resin powder was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and NMP 1 7.2026 g was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to be dissolved to obtain a polyamidate solution (PAE-17). . (Synthesis Example 29) 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid 20_08388 (132.〇111111〇1) and 0-8-7 were weighed in a 1〇〇mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube. 1.3254g (88.0 mmol), after adding 268.48g of NMP, it was stirred and continuously dissolved in nitrogen. The diamine solution was stirred and 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride 42.4946 was added. g (216.7 mmol), further added NMP to a solid concentration of 20% by mass, and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to obtain a solution of polyamine acid (PAA-5). The polyamic acid solution has a viscosity of 2156 mPa.s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, the molecular weight of the poly-proline is Mn = 1 8 7 9 4 ' Mw = 63 3 87. (Synthesis Example 3 0 ) 4,4'-diaminodiphenylamine 3.5843 g ( 17.99 mmol) and DA-7 2.9064 were weighed in a 1 mL mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube. g (12.0 mmol), force D into 55.58 g of NMP, and continuously dissolved in nitrogen to dissolve. The diamine solution was stirred, and 5.7653 g (29.40 mmol) of 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride was added, and NMP was added to make the solid content concentration 15% by mass at room temperature. Stir for 24 hours. The resulting polyamic acid solution had a viscosity of 1 269 mPa·s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, -93-201206994, the molecular weight of the poly-proline is Mn = 1 5559 and Mw = 43490. Further, 0.0368 g of 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to obtain a polyamidonic acid solution (PAA-6). (Synthesis Example 3 1 ) 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid 1.21338 (7.97 111111〇1), 4,4'-two was weighed in a 1〇〇mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube. 6.8216 g (31.98 mmol) of aminodiphenyl-N-methyl-amine was added to 44.03 g of NMP, and it was stirred and continuously dissolved in nitrogen gas to dissolve. This diamine solution was stirred, and BDA7.1310 g (36.0 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Next, 14.62 g of NMP and 0.8713 g (3.99 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride were added. Further, N MP was added to have a solid content concentration of 18% by mass, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The resulting polyamic acid solution had a viscosity of 577 mPa·s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, the molecular weight of the poly-proline was Mn = 1 265 6 and Mw = 28487. Further, 0.0480 g of 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution (PAA-7). (Synthesis Example 32) 3.56 1 g (24.02 mmol) of 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid was weighed in a 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube, and 1,4-double (

4-胺基苯基)哌哄4.293 1 g ( 16.00 mmol ),加入 NMP •94- 201206994 36.48g’於持續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於 攪拌中,添加BDA 4.7522g( 23.99 mmol),於室溫下攪 拌2小時。其次,加入NMP 3 6.50g、苯均四酸二酐3.408 4g (15.63 mmol )。再加入NMP以使固形分濃度達15質量% 爲止,於室溫下攪拌2 4小時。所得之聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度 25 °C下之黏度爲1166 mPa.s。又,該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲 Μ η = 1 9 3 0 7 ' Mw = 42980 ° 再於此溶液中,加入3-環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽 烷0.0483g,於室溫下攪拌24小時,得聚醯胺酸溶液( PAA-8)。 (合成例3 3 ) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之1〇〇 mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取 3,5-二胺基苯甲酸 3.653 6g ( 24.01 mmol ) 、DA-7 3.8715g( 15.98 mmol),加入 NMP 31.75g,於持續送入 氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於攪拌中’添加BDA 3.962 1 g ( 20.0 mmol ),於室溫下攪拌2小時。其次,加入 NMP25·42g、l,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐4.47 7 6g(19·97 mmol )。再加入ΝΜP使固形分濃度達2〇質量%,於室溫下 攪拌24小時。所得之聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度25°C下之黏度爲 417 mPa.s。又,該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲Mn=l 3 29 1、 Mw = 54029 〇 再於此溶液中,加入3 -環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽 烷0.0476g,於室溫下攪拌24小時’得聚醯胺酸溶液( -95- 201206994 PAA-9 )。 (合成例3 4 ) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之100 mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取 3,5-二胺基苯甲酸 2.7365g(17.99 mmol) 、2,2’-二甲 基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯 2.547 1 g ( 12·0 mmol ),加入 NMP 27.32g,於持續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於 攪拌中,加入二環[3_3.0]辛烷-2,4,6,8-四羧酸二酐2.2562g (9.02 mmol ),於80 °C下攪拌3小時。反應溶液冷卻至室 溫後,加入NMP 27_32g、苯均四酸二酐4.5715g ( 20.96 mmol )。再加入NMP以使固形分濃度達15質量%爲止,於 室溫下攪拌24小時。所得之聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度25 °C下之 黏度爲2190 mP a .s。又,該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲 Μ η = 2 3 6 3 2、M w = 5 6 8 8 1。 再於此溶液中,加入3 -環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽 烷0.03 60g,於室溫下攪拌24小時,得聚醯胺酸溶液( PAA-10)。 (合成例3 5 ) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之100 mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取3,5-二胺基苯甲酸6.0854g(40.0mmol),加入NMP 65.5 6g,於持續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於 攪拌中,添加苯均四酸二酐8.5 44 9g( 39.18 mmol),再加 入NMP以使固形分濃度達15質量%爲止,於室溫下攪拌24 -96- 201206994 小時。所得之聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度25 °C下之黏度爲523 mPa .s。又,該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲Mn = 20565、 Mw = 4 7 9 1 2 〇 再於此溶液中,加入0.3質量%3-環氧丙氧丙基甲基二 乙氧基矽烷之NMP溶液 13.79g,得聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-11)。 (合成例36) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之100 mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取 4,4’-二胺基二苯基醚 3.2080g ( 16.02 mmol) 、DA-7 5.8 1 47 ( 24.0 mmol ),加入 NMP 60.42g,於持續送入氮 氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加1,2,3,4-環丁院四殘酸二酐7.7658g( 39.60 mmol),再加入NMP使 固形分濃度達20質量%,於室溫下攪拌24小時。所得之聚 醯胺酸溶液於溫度25 °C下之黏度爲1972 mPa*s。又,該聚 醯胺酸之分子量爲Mn=15159、Mw = 38251。 再於此溶液中,加入3 -環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽 烷0.0 5 04g,於室溫下攪拌24小時,得聚醯胺酸溶液( PAA-12 )。 (合成例3 7 ) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之1〇〇 mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取 3,5-二胺基苯甲酸 2.430 1 g ( 1 5.97 mmol ) 、DA-8 9.4204g ( 24.0 mmol ),加入NMP 44.60g,於持續送入氮 -97- 201206994 氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加BDA 4.75 05g ( 23.98 mmol ),於室溫下攪拌2小時。其次,加 入 NMP 44_59g、1,2,3,4-環丁 烷四羧酸二酐 3.1 054g(15.84 mmol)。再加入NMP以使固形分濃度達15質量%爲止,於 室溫下搅拌24小時。所得之聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度25 °C下之 黏度爲802 mPa»s。又,該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲Mn=1 326 1 、Mw = 32578 o 再於此溶液中,加入3-環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽 烷0.0590g,於室溫下攪拌24小時,得聚醯胺酸溶液( PAA-13)。 (合成例3 8 ) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之100 mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取 3,5-二胺基苯甲酸 3.6504g ( 23.69 mmol ) 、DA-7 3.8718g( 15.98 mmol),加入NMP 68.6g,於持續送入氮 氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加DAH-1 1 1.5 3 87g ( 39.21 mmol )。再加入Ν Μ P使固形分濃度達20 質量%,於室溫下搅拌24小時。所得之聚醯胺酸溶液於溫 度25 °C下之黏度爲736 mPa *s。又,該聚醯胺酸之分子量 爲 Mn= 1 009 1、Mw=1951 1 » 再於此溶液中,加入3-環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽 烷0.05 72g,於室溫下攪拌24小時,得聚醯胺酸溶液( PAA-14)。 -98 - 201206994 (合成例3 9 ) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之100 mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取 3,5-二胺基苯甲酸 3.6603 g( 24.06 mmol) 、1,3-雙( 4-胺基苯乙基)脲 4.7740g ( 16.0 mmol ),加入NMP 28.5 9g,於持續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解》此二胺溶液於 攪拌中,添加BDA 2.3782g(12.0 mmol ),於室溫下攪拌 2小時。其次,力□入NMP 38. 1 3g、苯均四酸二酐6.0903g ( 27.92 mmol)。再加入Ν Μ P以使固形分濃度達1 5質量%爲 止,於室溫下攪拌24小時。所得之聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度 25 °C下之黏度爲744 mPa.s。又,該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲 Mn=l 777 1、Mw = 3 899 1。 再於此溶液中,加入3-環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽 烷0.05 05g,於室溫下攪拌24小時,得聚醯胺酸溶液( PAA-1 5 )。 (合成例40) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之100 mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取 3,5-二胺基苯甲酸 0.6123g(4.00 mmol) 、4,4-二胺基 二苯基胺 3.199g(16.06 mmol),加入NMP 19.64g,於持 續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加 BDA 3.1 78 0g ( 16.04 mmol),於室溫下攪拌2小時。其次 ,加入 NMP 8.93g' 苯均四酸二酐 〇.8736g(4.〇l mmol) 。再加入NMP使固形分濃度達18質量%爲止,於室溫下攪 拌24小時。所得之聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度25°C下之黏度爲 -99- 201206994 8100 mPa .s。又’該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲Mn = 2253 7、 Mw = 7260 1 〇 再於此溶液中’加入3 -環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽 烷0.0235g’於室溫下攪拌24小時,得聚醯胺酸溶液( PAA-1 6)。 (合成例4 1 ) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之100 mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取3,5-二胺基苯甲酸3.65168(24.〇111111〇1)、4-胺基-1^-甲基苯乙基胺 2.4070g(16.02 mmol),加入 NMP 66_21g ,於持續送入氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於攪拌中 ,加入苯均四酸二酐8.5972g ( 39.42 mmol )。再加入NMP 以使固形分濃度達15質量%爲止,於室溫下攪拌24小時。 所得之聚醯胺酸溶液於溫度25°C下之黏度爲488 mPa.s。 又,該聚醯胺酸之分子量爲Mn=13205、Mw = 33511。 再於此溶液中,加入3-環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽 烷0.0438g,於室溫下攪拌24小時,得聚醯胺酸溶液( PAA-17)。 (合成例42) 於附有攪拌裝置及氮氣導入管之100 mL四口燒瓶中, 秤取 3,5-二胺基苯甲酸 3_65 3 2g ( 24.01 mmol ) 、DA-7 3.8 7 90g ( 16.01 mmol ),力口入 NMP 70.32g,於持續送入 氮氣中攪拌使其溶解。此二胺溶液於攪拌中,添加DAH-2 -100- 201206994 12.0709 ,g ( 39.41 mmol)。再加入NMP使固形分濃度達20 質量%,於室溫下攪拌2 4小時。所得之聚醯胺酸溶液於溫 度25 °C下之黏度爲207 mPa.s。又’該聚醯胺酸之分子量 爲 Mn = 5269、Mw=12875 〇 再於此溶液中,加入3 -環氧丙氧丙基甲基二乙氧基矽 烷0.0586g,於室溫下攪拌24小時,得聚醯胺酸溶液( PAA-18)。 (實施例1 8 ) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中’秤取合成例14所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-3 ) 3.6139g、合成例29所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-5 ) 2.7012g,加入 NMP 5.7093g、 BCS 3.01g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之4-(t-丁氧羰胺基) 吡啶(以下,簡稱爲Boc-AP) 0.l28 4g,使用磁性攪拌機 攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向劑(1-1)。 (實施例1 9 ) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例15所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-4 ) 2.4040g、合成例30所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-6 ) 2.468 7g,加入 NMP 3.2072 g、 BCS 2.03 48g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之Boc-AP 0.0542 g, 使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向劑(1-2 )。 (實施例20) -101 - 201206994 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例15所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-4) 2.4548g、合成例31所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-6) 2.0213g,加入 NMP 3.6200g、 BCS 2.0116g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之Boc-AP 0.0415g, 使用磁性搅拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向劑(1-3 )。 (實施例2 1 ) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例16所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-5) 2.4232g、合成例33所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-9 ) 2.4189g,加入 NMP 3.2928g、 BCS 2.02 72g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之Ν-α- ( 9-莽基甲氧 基羰基)-N-t-丁氧羰基-L-組胺酸(以下,簡稱爲?《1〇&lt;?-His ) 0.04 1 6g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向 劑(1-4 )。 (實施例22) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例16所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-5 ) 2.4232g、合成例33所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-9 ) 1.868 1 g,加入 NMP 3.6548g、 BCS 2.0158g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之Fmoc-His 0.03 72g ,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向劑(1-5 )。 (實施例23) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例17所 -102- 201206994 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-6) 2.4356g、合成例34所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-10) 2.5278g,加入 NMP 3.2644g、 BCS 2.0.3 66g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之Fmoc-His 〇.〇550g ,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向劑(1-6 )。 (實施例24) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例18所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-7 ) 2.401 2g、合成例35所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-11) 2.4115g,加入 NMP 2.6514g、 BCS 2.0052g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向 劑(Π-1 )。 (實施例25 ) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例18所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-7 ) 2.4130g、合成例35所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-11) 2.4216g,加入 NMP 2.6780g' BCS 2.01 98g、再加入作爲交聯劑之多官能環氧基化合物 之(AD-1)之20質量%NMP溶液 〇.3062g,使用磁性攪拌 機攪拌30分鐘’得液晶配向劑(II-2 )。 (實施例26 ) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例15所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-4 ) 2.43 02g、合成例36所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA·12) 1.8678g’ 加入 NMP 3.8086g、 -103- 201206994 BCS 2.0060g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向 劑(Π-3 )。 (實施例2 7 ) 將攪拌子置入5〇 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例15所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-4 ) 2.4144g、合成例36所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA- 1 2 ) 1.8062g,加入 NMP 3.8184g、 BCS 2.01 68g,再加入作爲交聯劑之含多官能羥基之化合 物的(AD-2) 0.040g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液 晶配向劑(Π-4)。 (實施例2 8 ) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例15所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-4) 2.4015g、合成例37所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-13) l_8005g,加入 NMP 3.8063g、 BCS 2.0011g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向 劑(II-5 )。 (實施例29) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例19所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-8 ) 2.4120g、合成例38所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA- 1 4 ) 1.8 3 8 9g’ 加入 NMP 3.863 9g、 BCS 2.0181g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向 劑(II-6 )。 -104- 201206994 (實施例3 0 ) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例19所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-8) 2.4l2〇g、合成例38所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-14) 1.8389g,加入 NMP 3.8639g、 BCS 2.0181g’再加入作爲交聯劑之多官能環碳酸酯化合 物的(AD-4) 0.0318g’使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得 液晶配向劑(II-7 )。 (實施例3 1 ) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例20所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-9 ) 1 .2268 g、合成例39所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA- 1 5 ) 3.268 8g,加入 NMP 3.6154g、 BCS 2.059 1 g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向 劑(II-8 )。 (實施例3 2 ) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例21所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-1 0 ) 2.4236g、合成例40所得 之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA- 1 6 ) 2.3539g,加入NMP 0.3782g、 γ-BL 3.0639g、BCS 2.0178g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘 ,得液晶配向劑(II-9 )。 (實施例33 ) -105- 201206994 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例16所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-5 ) 4.2045g、合成例41所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA- 1 7 ) 1.22 8 1 g,加入 NMP 2.6041 g、 BCS 2.0 11 2g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌3 0分鐘,得液晶配向 劑(II-1 0 ) » (實施例34) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例22所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-11) 2.4195g、合成例29所得 之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-5) l_8484g,加入NMP 3.8069g、 BCS 2.0204g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向 劑(II-1 1 )。 (實施例3 5 ) 將搅拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例17所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-6) 2.4176g、合成例42所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-18) 2.0148g,加入 NMP 3.8182g、 BCS 2.0129g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向 劑(11-12 )。 (實施例36) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例17所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-6) 2.3987g、合成例42所得之 聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA- 1 8 ) 2.1 543g,加入 NMP 3.8130g、 -106- 201206994 BCS 2.0374g ’再加入作爲交聯劑之多官能環氧丙烷化合 物的(AD-3 ) 0_0460g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌3〇分鐘,得 液晶配向劑(I -1 3 )。 (比較例1 7 ) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例23所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-12) 7.2164g、合成例29所得 之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-5) 2.7470g,加入NMP 2.1068g、 BCS 3.0264g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之Boc-AP 0.1396g, 使用磁性攪拌機攪拌3 0分鐘,得液晶配向劑(a-1 )。 (比較例1 8 ) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例24所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-13) 2.4504g、合成例30所得 之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-6 ) 2.4805g,加入NMP 3.2447g、 BCS 2.0226g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之Boc-AP 0.0547g, 使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向劑(a-2)。 (比較例1 9 ) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例25所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-14) 2.4012g、合成例33所得 之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-9 ) 1.8320g,加入NMP 3.8172g、 BCS 2.0195g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之Fmoc-His 0.043 3g ,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向劑(a-5)。 -107- 201206994 (比較例20) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例26所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-15 ) 2.4017g、合成例33所得 之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-9 ) 2.5 777g,加入NMP 3.2518g、 BCS 2.000g,再添加醯亞胺化促進劑之Fmoc-His 0.0550g ,使用磁性攪拌機搅拌30分鐘,得液晶配向劑(a-6)。 (比較例2 1 ) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取比較合成例1 所得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-2) 2.4335g、合成例35所得 之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-11) 2.4013g,加入NMP 2.623 8g、 BCS 2.0 1 05g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向 劑(b-Ι ) 〇 (比較例22 ) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例24所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-13) 2.4264g、合成例36所得 之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-12) 1.8157g,加入NMP 3.8 3 5 2g、 BCS 2.0448g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向 劑(b-3)。 (比較例23 ) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例28所 -108- 201206994 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-1 7 ) 1.2049g、合成例39所得 之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-15) 3.2102g,加入NMP 3.6342g、 BCS 2.0694g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向 劑(b-9)。 (比較例24) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例27所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE- 1 6 ) 2.4025g、合成例40所得 之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-16) 2.2514g,加入NMP 0.3792g、 γ-BL 3.0007g、BCS 2.0015g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘 ,得液晶配向劑(b-ΙΟ)。 (比較例25) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例25所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-1 4 ) 4.2242g、合成例41所得 之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-17) 1.2473g,加入NMP 2.6481g、 BCS 2.0664g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向 劑(b-11 )。 (比較例26) 將攪拌子置入50 ml之三角燒瓶中,秤取合成例26所 得之聚醯胺酸酯溶液(PAE-1 5 ) 2.4260g、合成例42所得 之聚醯胺酸溶液(PAA-18) 2.2122g,加入NMP 3.8118g、 BCS 2.0585g,使用磁性攪拌機攪拌30分鐘,得液晶配向 -109- 201206994 劑(b-13)。 (實施例3 7 ) 將實施例18所得之液晶配向劑(1-1 )使用1·〇 μπι之過 濾器過濾後,旋轉塗佈於附有透明電極之玻璃基板上’於 溫度80°C之熱壓板上乾燥5分鐘,於溫度230°C之溫風循環 式烘箱經過20分鐘之燒焙,得膜厚100 nm之醯亞胺化之膜 。測定該醯亞胺化之膜的中心線的平均粗度(Ra )。測定 結果係如後述表4所示。 (實施例3 8〜5 2及比較例2 7〜3 5 ) 除使用上述實施例19、22、24〜27、29〜36,及比較 例1 7〜1 9、2 1〜26所得之各個液晶配向劑以外,其他皆依 實施例3 7相同之方法形成各個塗膜。使用AFM觀察各塗膜 之膜表面。又,並測定各塗膜之中心線的平均粗度(Ra ) 。該些測定結果係如後述表4所示。 -110- 201206994 【表4】 ___——— f中心平均 雌[Ml 液晶配向劑 組成 (質量比例 PAK %]).... . ύκκ 添加劑 實施例3 8 (1-1) r aCi FAt-iJ (40) (60) Boc-AP 0. 81 實施例3 9 (1-2) FAt-4 (40) Boc-AP 1. 00 實施例4 0 C I - 5) FAt-b (40) fmoc-His ,•一 _ 0.94 比較例2 7 (a — 1) FAK-1Z (40) Boc-AP 13. 95 比較例2 8 (a-2) PAt-13 (40) Boc-AP 3. 14 比較例2 9 (a — 5 ) FAK-14 (40) Fm〇C&quot;Hi s 5. 59 實施例4 1 (II- 1) Pa£-/ (40) T^A-Il (60), 一 0.49 實施例4 2 (11-2〉 PAt-Y (40) T^A-ll (60) AD-t 0.46 實施例4 3 (II-3) FAIi-4 (40) TAA-12 (60) 一 1.79 實施例4 4 (ΙΙ-4) m-4 (40) ^S)r' AD*2 1.45 實施例4 5 (II- 6) (40) (60) 一 1. 99 實施例4 6 (II- 7) PAt-8 (40) TAA-U (60) AD-4 1.92 實施例4 7 (II- 8) TSF9 (20) TAA-lb (80) —_· 「1. 10 實施例4 8 dl-9) TAF10 (40) PAA-lb (60) 一 1. 16 實施例4 9 (II- 1 0) PAli-b (70) PAA-1V (30) —· 0. 37 實施例5 0 (II- 1 1) ΡΑϋ-11 (40) PAA&quot;i&gt; (60) 一 2.29 實施例5 1 (II- 1 2) TiFB (40) PAA-lt (60) — 0.79 實施例5 2 (II- 1 3) Τ3ΓΕ-6 (40) paa-16 (60) AD-3 0. 80 比較例3 0 (b- 1) vki~\ (40) FAA-Jl (60) 一 36. 8 比較例3 1 (b- 3) Pa£-13 (40) FAA-1^ (60) —* 2.39 比較例3 2 (b - 8 ) 灿-ΙΪ (20) PAA-lb (80) 3.21 比較例3 3 (b-9) PAli-16 (40) PAA-16 (60) 2. 51 比較例3 4 (b- 1 0) ME-14 (70) M3R7 (30) 2.55 比較例3 5 (b- 1 2) PAE-15 (40) FAA-ib (60) 1. 55 [產業上之利用性] 本發明之液晶配向劑,經由可降低所得之液晶配向膜 的表面之微細凹凸,而降低因交流驅動所造成之殘影等而 改善液晶與液晶配向膜之界面特性,且可改善電壓保持率 、離子密度,及直流電壓之殘留等之電氣特性。其結果得 -111 - 201206994 知本發明之液晶配向劑可廣泛地使用於使用於TN元件、 STN元件、TFT液晶元件,甚至垂直配向型之液晶顯示元 件等。 又,2010年3月15日所申請之日本特許出願2010-05 8 5 52號之說明書、申請專利範圍,及摘要之全部內容皆 引用至本說明中,其係作爲本發明之說明書之揭示內容而 記載於發明內容中。 -112-4-Aminophenyl) piperidine 4.293 1 g (1.200 mmol) was added to NMP •94-201206994 36.48 g', and it was stirred and continuously dissolved in nitrogen gas to dissolve. This diamine solution was stirred, and BDA 4.7522 g ( 23.99 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Next, 6.50 g of NMP 3 and 3.408 4 g (15.63 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride were added. Further, NMP was added to have a solid content concentration of 15% by mass, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The resulting polyamic acid solution had a viscosity of 1166 mPa.s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, the molecular weight of the poly-proline is Μ η = 1 9 3 0 7 ' Mw = 42980 °. Further, 0.0483 g of 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxy decane is added to the solution. The mixture was stirred under heating for 24 hours to obtain a polyamidonic acid solution (PAA-8). (Synthesis Example 3 3 ) 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid 3.653 6 g (24.01 mmol) and DA-7 3.8715 g (15.98) were weighed in a 1 mL bottle equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube. Methyl) 31.75 g of NMP was added and stirred and continuously dissolved in nitrogen. This diamine solution was added to BDA 3.962 1 g (20.0 mmol) while stirring, and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Next, NMP25·42 g and 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride 4.47 7 6 g (19·97 mmol) were added. Further, ΝΜP was added to have a solid concentration of 2% by mass, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The resulting polyamic acid solution had a viscosity of 417 mPa.s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, the molecular weight of the poly-proline is Mn=l 3 29 1 , Mw = 54029 〇, and then 3.0476 g of 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane is added to the solution at room temperature. Stir for 24 hours to obtain a poly-proline solution (-95-201206994 PAA-9). (Synthesis Example 3 4 ) In a 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube, 2.7365 g (17.99 mmol) and 2,2'-dimethyl group of 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid were weighed. 4,4'-Diaminobiphenyl 2.547 1 g (12.0 mmol), 27.32 g of NMP was added, and it was stirred and continuously dissolved in nitrogen gas to dissolve. This diamine solution was stirred, and 2.2562 g (9.02 mmol) of bicyclo[3_3.0]octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic dianhydride was added, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C for 3 hours. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 27-32 g of NMP and 4.5715 g (20.96 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride were added. Further, NMP was added to have a solid content concentration of 15% by mass, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The resulting polyamic acid solution had a viscosity of 2190 mP a .s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, the molecular weight of the poly-proline is Μ η = 2 3 6 3 2, M w = 5 6 8 8 1 . Further, to this solution, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane 0.03 60 g was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution (PAA-10). (Synthesis Example 3 5 ) In a 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube, 6.0854 g (40.0 mmol) of 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid was weighed, and NMP 65.5 6 g was added thereto, and the mixture was continuously fed. Stir in nitrogen to dissolve. This diamine solution was stirred, and 8.544 9 g (39.18 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride was added thereto, and NMP was added thereto so that the solid content concentration was 15% by mass, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24-96 to 201206994 hours. The obtained polyaminic acid solution had a viscosity of 523 mPa·s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, the molecular weight of the poly-proline is Mn = 20565, Mw = 4 7 9 1 2 〇 In this solution, 0.3% by mass of NMP solution of 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane is added. 13.79 g gave a polyamic acid solution (PAA-11). (Synthesis Example 36) In a 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube, 3.2,080 g (1,200 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether and DA-7 5.8 1 47 were weighed. 24.0 mmol), 60.42 g of NMP was added, and it was stirred and continuously dissolved by nitrogen gas. The diamine solution was stirred, and 7.7658 g (39.60 mmol) of 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanine tetraresic acid dianhydride was added, and NMP was added to make the solid content concentration 20% by mass, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. hour. The resulting polyglycolic acid solution had a viscosity of 1972 mPa*s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, the molecular weight of the poly-proline was Mn = 15159 and Mw = 38,251. Further, 0.05 04 g of 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxy decane was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to obtain a polyaminic acid solution (PAA-12). (Synthesis Example 3 7 ) 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid 2.430 1 g (1 5.97 mmol ) and DA-8 9.4204 g were weighed in a 1 mL bottle equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube. (24.0 mmol), NMP 44.60 g was added, and the mixture was continuously stirred and dissolved in nitrogen-97-201206994. This diamine solution was stirred, and BDA 4.75 05 g ( 23.98 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Next, NMP 44_59 g, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride 3.1 054 g (15.84 mmol) was added. Further, NMP was added to have a solid content concentration of 15% by mass, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The resulting polyamic acid solution had a viscosity of 802 mPa»s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, the molecular weight of the poly-proline is Mn=1 326 1 and Mw = 32578 o. Further, 0.0590 g of 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane is added to the solution, and the mixture is stirred at room temperature. At 24 hours, a polyamine solution (PAA-13) was obtained. (Synthesis Example 3 8 ) In a 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube, 3.6504 g (23.69 mmol) of 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid and DA-7 3.8718 g (15.98 mmol) were weighed. 68.6 g of NMP was added, and it was stirred and continuously dissolved by nitrogen gas. This diamine solution was stirred, and DAH-1 1 1.5 3 87 g (39.21 mmol) was added. Further, Ν Μ P was added to have a solid content concentration of 20% by mass, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The resulting polyamic acid solution had a viscosity of 736 mPa*s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, the molecular weight of the poly-proline is Mn = 1 009 1 and Mw = 1951 1 » Further, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane 0.05 72 g is added to the solution at room temperature. After stirring for 24 hours, a polyamidonic acid solution (PAA-14) was obtained. -98 - 201206994 (Synthesis Example 3 9 ) 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid 3.6603 g (24.06 mmol), 1,3-double was weighed in a 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube. (4-aminophenylethyl)urea 4.7740g (16.0 mmol), NMP 28.5 9g was added, and it was stirred and continuously dissolved in nitrogen gas. The diamine solution was stirred and BDA 2.3782g (12.0 mmol) was added. Stir at room temperature for 2 hours. Next, force into NMP 38. 1 3g, pyromellitic dianhydride 6.0903g ( 27.92 mmol). Further, Ν Μ P was added so that the solid content concentration was 15% by mass, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The resulting polyamic acid solution had a viscosity of 744 mPa.s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, the molecular weight of the poly-proline is Mn = l 777 1 and Mw = 3 899 1. Further, 0.05 g of 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxy decane was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to obtain a polyamidonic acid solution (PAA-1 5 ). (Synthesis Example 40) 0.6123 g (4.00 mmol) of 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid and 4,4-diaminodiphenyl were weighed in a 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube. 3.99 g (16.06 mmol) of an amine was added, and 19.64 g of NMP was added thereto, and the mixture was continuously stirred and supplied with nitrogen to dissolve. This diamine solution was stirred, and BDA 3.1 78 0 g (16.04 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Next, NMP 8.93g' pyromellitic dianhydride 〇.8736g (4. 〇l mmol) was added. Further, NMP was added to have a solid content concentration of 18% by mass, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The resulting polyamic acid solution has a viscosity of -99 to 201206994 8100 mPa·s at a temperature of 25 °C. 'The molecular weight of the poly-proline is Mn = 2253 7 , Mw = 7260 1 〇 Then add '3 - glycidoxypropyl methyl diethoxy decane 0.0235g' in this solution and stir at room temperature At 24 hours, a polyamine solution (PAA-1 6) was obtained. (Synthesis Example 4 1 ) 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid 3.65168 (24.〇111111〇1), 4-amino-1 was weighed in a 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube. ^-Methylphenethylamine 2.4070 g (16.02 mmol), NMP 66_21 g was added, and it was stirred and continuously dissolved in nitrogen gas to dissolve. This diamine solution was stirred and 8.5972 g (39.42 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride was added. Further, NMP was added to have a solid content concentration of 15% by mass, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The resulting polyaminic acid solution had a viscosity of 488 mPa.s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, the molecular weight of the poly-proline was Mn = 13205 and Mw = 33,511. Further, 0.0438 g of 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to obtain a polyamidonic acid solution (PAA-17). (Synthesis Example 42) 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid 3_65 3 2 g (24.01 mmol), DA-7 3.8 7 90 g (16.01 mmol) were weighed in a 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a stirring device and a nitrogen introduction tube. ), NMP 70.32g was added to the mouth, and it was stirred and continuously dissolved in nitrogen gas to dissolve. This diamine solution was added with stirring, and DAH-2 -100-201206994 12.0709 g (39.41 mmol) was added. Further, NMP was added to have a solid content concentration of 20% by mass, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The resulting polyamic acid solution had a viscosity of 207 mPa.s at a temperature of 25 °C. Further, the molecular weight of the poly-proline was Mn = 5269 and Mw = 12875. Further, 0.0586 g of 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. , obtained a polyamine solution (PAA-18). (Example 1 8) A stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask to collect 3.6139 g of the polyamidomate solution (PAE-3) obtained in Synthesis Example 14, and the polyaminic acid solution obtained in Synthesis Example 29 ( PAA-5) 2.7012g, adding NMP 5.7093g, BCS 3.01g, and adding 4-(t-butoxycarbonylamino)pyridine (hereinafter, abbreviated as Boc-AP) 0.l28 4g The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (1-1). (Example 1 9) The stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 2.4040 g of the polyamidomate solution (PAE-4) obtained in Synthesis Example 15 and the polyaminic acid solution obtained in Synthesis Example 30 were weighed. PAA-6) 2.468 7g, NMP 3.2072 g, BCS 2.03 48g, and Boc-AP 0.0542 g of hydrazine imidization accelerator were added, and stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (1-2). (Example 20) -101 - 201206994 The stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyacetamide solution (PAE-4) obtained in Synthesis Example 15 was weighed 2.4548 g, and the polyamine obtained in Synthesis Example 31 was obtained. Acid solution (PAA-6) 2.0213g, adding NMP 3.6200g, BCS 2.0116g, adding Boc-AP 0.0415g of ruthenium promoter, stirring with magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes, liquid crystal alignment agent (1-3) . (Example 2 1) The stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 2.4232 g of the polyamidomate solution (PAE-5) obtained in Synthesis Example 16 and the polyaminic acid solution obtained in Synthesis Example 33 were weighed ( PAA-9 ) 2.4189g, adding N928 3.2928g, BCS 2.02 72g, and adding hydrazine imidization promoter to Ν-α-( 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)-Nt-butoxycarbonyl-L-histamine Acid (hereinafter, abbreviated as "1〇&lt;?-His" 0.04 16g, and stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer, the liquid crystal alignment agent (1-4) was obtained. (Example 22) A stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 2.4238 g of the polyamidomate solution (PAE-5) obtained in Synthesis Example 16 and the polyaminic acid solution (PAA) obtained in Synthesis Example 33 were weighed. -9 ) 1.868 1 g, NMP 3.6548g, BCS 2.0158g, and Fmoc-His 0.03 72g of hydrazine imidization promoter were added, and stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (1-5). (Example 23) A stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyacetate solution (PAE-6) obtained in Synthesis Example 17-102-201206994 was weighed 2.4356 g, and the polycondensate obtained in Synthesis Example 34 was collected. Amino acid solution (PAA-10) 2.5278g, added NMP 3.2644g, BCS 2.0.3 66g, and then added 醯iimination accelerator Fmoc-His 〇.〇550g, stirred with magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes, to obtain liquid crystal alignment agent (1-6). (Example 24) A stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyphthalate solution (PAE-7) obtained in Synthesis Example 18 was weighed 2.401 2 g, and the polyaminic acid solution obtained in Synthesis Example 35 (PAA) -11) 2.4115 g, NMP 2.6514 g, BCS 2.0052g were added, and stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (Π-1). (Example 25) The stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 2.4130 g of the polyamidate solution (PAE-7) obtained in Synthesis Example 18 and the polyamidonic acid solution (PAA) obtained in Synthesis Example 35 were weighed. -11) 2.4216g, adding NMP 2.6780g' BCS 2.01 98g, adding 208% by mass of NMP solution (306-1g) of polyfunctional epoxy compound as crosslinking agent, and stirring for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer 'Get liquid crystal alignment agent (II-2). (Example 26) A stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyphthalate solution (PAE-4) obtained in Synthesis Example 15 was weighed 2.43 02 g, and the polylysine solution obtained in Synthesis Example 36 (PAA) ·12) 1.8678g' was added to NMP 3.8086g, -103-201206994 BCS 2.0060g, and stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (Π-3). (Example 2 7) The stirrer was placed in a 5 mm ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 2.4144 g of the polyphthalate solution (PAE-4) obtained in Synthesis Example 15 and the polyamidonic acid solution obtained in Synthesis Example 36 were weighed. (PAA-1 2 ) 1.8062g, adding NMP 3.8184g, BCS 2.01 68g, and adding 0.040g of (AD-2) as a polyfunctional hydroxyl group-containing compound as a crosslinking agent, and stirring for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain liquid crystal alignment Agent (Π-4). (Example 2 8) The stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 2.4015 g of the polyamidomate solution (PAE-4) obtained in Synthesis Example 15 and the polyaminic acid solution obtained in Synthesis Example 37 were weighed. PAA-13) l_8005g, NMP 3.8063g, BCS 2.0011g were added, and stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (II-5). (Example 29) A stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 2.4120 g of the polyamidomate solution (PAE-8) obtained in Synthesis Example 19 and a polyaminic acid solution (PAA) obtained in Synthesis Example 38 were weighed. - 1 4 ) 1.8 3 8 9g' NMP 3.863 9g and BCS 2.0181g were added, and stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (II-6). -104-201206994 (Example 30) The stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyphthalate solution (PAE-8) obtained in Synthesis Example 19 was weighed to 2.4 l 2 g, and the synthesis example 38 was obtained. Polyacrylic acid solution (PAA-14) 1.8389 g, added NMP 3.8639 g, BCS 2.0181 g' (AD-4) 0.0318 g of a polyfunctional cyclic carbonate compound as a crosslinking agent, and stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer , liquid crystal alignment agent (II-7). (Example 3 1) The stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyamidomate solution (PAE-9) obtained in Synthesis Example 20 (1.28 g) and the polylysine obtained in Synthesis Example 39 were weighed. Solution (PAA-1 5 ) 3.268 8 g, NMP 3.6154 g, BCS 2.059 1 g were added, and stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (II-8). (Example 3 2) The stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyamidomate solution (PAE-1 0 ) obtained in Synthesis Example 21 was weighed in 2.4236 g, and the polyaminic acid solution obtained in Synthesis Example 40 was weighed. (PAA-1 6 ) 2.3539 g, N782 0.3782 g, γ-BL 3.0639 g, BCS 2.0178 g were added, and stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (II-9). (Example 33) -105-201206994 The stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyphthalamide solution (PAE-5) obtained in Synthesis Example 16 was weighed 4.2045 g, and the polyamine obtained in Synthesis Example 41 was obtained. Acid solution (PAA-1 7 ) 1.22 8 1 g, NMP 2.6041 g, BCS 2.0 11 2g were added, and stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (II-1 0 ) » (Example 34) The mixture was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 2.4195 g of the polyamidate solution (PAE-11) obtained in Synthesis Example 22 and the polyamidic acid solution (PAA-5) obtained in Synthesis Example 29 were added to NMP 3.8069. g, BCS 2.0204g, stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (II-1 1 ). (Example 3 5) The stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 2.4176 g of the polyamidate solution (PAE-6) obtained in Synthesis Example 17 and the polyaminic acid solution obtained in Synthesis Example 42 were weighed. PAA-18) 2.0148g, NMP 3.8182g, BCS 2.0129g were added, and stirred using a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (11-12). (Example 36) A stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 2.3987 g of the polyamidate solution (PAE-6) obtained in Synthesis Example 17 and a polyamidonic acid solution (PAA) obtained in Synthesis Example 42 were weighed. - 1 8 ) 2.1 543g, added NMP 3.8130g, -106- 201206994 BCS 2.0374g 'Additional (AD-3) 0_0460g of polyfunctional propylene oxide compound as crosslinking agent, stir for 3 minutes using magnetic stirrer Liquid crystal alignment agent (I -1 3 ). (Comparative Example 1 7) The stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 7.2164 g of the polyamidomate solution (PAE-12) obtained in Synthesis Example 23 and the polyaminic acid solution obtained in Synthesis Example 29 were weighed. PAA-5) 2.7470 g, NMP 2.1068 g, BCS 3.0264 g, and Boc-AP 0.1396 g of a ruthenium iodide promoter were added, and stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (a-1). (Comparative Example 1 8) The stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 2.4 504 g of the polyamidate solution (PAE-13) obtained in Synthesis Example 24 and the polyaminic acid solution obtained in Synthesis Example 30 were weighed. PAA-6) 2.4805g, NMP 3.2447g, BCS 2.0226g, and Boc-AP 0.0547g of ruthenium hydride promoter were added, and stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (a-2). (Comparative Example 1 9) The stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 2.4012 g of the polyamidate solution (PAE-14) obtained in Synthesis Example 25 and the polyaminic acid solution obtained in Synthesis Example 33 were weighed. PAA-9) 1.8320 g, NMP 3.8172 g, BCS 2.0195 g, and Fmoc-His 0.043 3 g of a ruthenium iodide promoter were added, and stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (a-5). -107-201206994 (Comparative Example 20) The stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 2.4017 g of the polyamidomate solution (PAE-15) obtained in Synthesis Example 26 and the polyamine obtained in Synthesis Example 33 were weighed. Acid solution (PAA-9) 2.5 777g, adding NMP 3.2518g, BCS 2.000g, adding Fmoc-His 0.0550g of hydrazine imidization promoter, stirring with magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain liquid crystal alignment agent (a-6) . (Comparative Example 2 1) The stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 2.4 335 g of the polyamidomate solution (PAE-2) obtained in Comparative Synthesis Example 1 was weighed, and the polyaminic acid solution obtained in Synthesis Example 35 was weighed. (PAA-11) 2.4013g, adding NMP 2.623 8g, BCS 2.0 1 05g, stirring with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (b-Ι) 〇 (Comparative Example 22) Putting the stirrer into a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask In the same manner, 2.4264 g of the polyamidate solution (PAE-13) obtained in Synthesis Example 24 and 1.8157 g of the polyamidic acid solution (PAA-12) obtained in Synthesis Example 36 were weighed, and NMP 3.8 3 5 2 g, BCS 2.0448 was added. g, stirring using a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (b-3). (Comparative Example 23) The stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and the polyglycolate solution (PAE-1 7 ) obtained in Synthesis Example 28-108-201206994 was weighed 1.2049 g, and the polycondensation obtained in Synthesis Example 39 was obtained. 3.298 g of a proline solution (PAA-15), 3.6342 g of NMP and 2.0694 g of BCS were added, and stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (b-9). (Comparative Example 24) A stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 2.4025 g of the polyamidomate solution (PAE-1 6 ) obtained in Synthesis Example 27 and the polyaminic acid solution obtained in Synthesis Example 40 were weighed. PAA-16) 2.2514 g, NMP 0.3792g, γ-BL 3.0007g, BCS 2.0015g were added, and stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (b-ΙΟ). (Comparative Example 25) A stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 4.2529 g of the polyamidomate solution (PAE-1 4 ) obtained in Synthesis Example 25 and the polyaminic acid solution obtained in Synthesis Example 41 were weighed. PAA-17) 1.2473 g, NMP 2.6481 g, BCS 2.0664 g were added, and stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 30 minutes to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent (b-11). (Comparative Example 26) A stirrer was placed in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer flask, and 2.4260 g of the polyphthalate solution (PAE-1 5 ) obtained in Synthesis Example 26 and the polyaminic acid solution obtained in Synthesis Example 42 were weighed. PAA-18) 2.2122g, NMP 3.8118g, BCS 2.0585g were added, and stirred for 30 minutes using a magnetic stirrer to obtain a liquid crystal alignment-109-201206994 agent (b-13). (Example 3 7) The liquid crystal alignment agent (1-1) obtained in Example 18 was filtered using a filter of 1·〇μπι, and then spin-coated on a glass substrate with a transparent electrode at a temperature of 80 ° C. The plate was dried on a hot plate for 5 minutes, and baked in a warm air circulating oven at a temperature of 230 ° C for 20 minutes to obtain a yttrium imidized film having a film thickness of 100 nm. The average thickness (Ra ) of the center line of the ruthenium-imided film was measured. The measurement results are shown in Table 4 below. (Example 3 8 to 5 2 and Comparative Example 2 7 to 3 5 ) Except each of the above Examples 19, 22, 24 to 27, 29 to 36, and Comparative Examples 17 to 19, 2 1 to 26 Each of the coating films was formed in the same manner as in Example 37 except for the liquid crystal alignment agent. The film surface of each coating film was observed using AFM. Further, the average thickness (Ra ) of the center line of each coating film was measured. The measurement results are shown in Table 4 below. -110- 201206994 [Table 4] ___——— f center average female [Ml liquid crystal alignment agent composition (mass ratio PAK %]).... ύκκ additive example 3 8 (1-1) r aCi FAt-iJ (40) (60) Boc-AP 0. 81 Example 3 9 (1-2) FAt-4 (40) Boc-AP 1. 00 Example 4 0 CI - 5) FAt-b (40) fmoc-His , • _ 0.94 Comparative Example 2 7 (a - 1) FAK-1Z (40) Boc-AP 13. 95 Comparative Example 2 8 (a-2) PAt-13 (40) Boc-AP 3. 14 Comparative Example 2 9 (a - 5 ) FAK-14 (40) Fm〇C&quot;Hi s 5. 59 Example 4 1 (II-1) Pa£-/ (40) T^A-Il (60), a 0.49 Example 4 2 (11-2> PAt-Y (40) T^A-ll (60) AD-t 0.46 Example 4 3 (II-3) FAIi-4 (40) TAA-12 (60) A 1.79 Example 4 4 (ΙΙ-4) m-4 (40) ^S)r' AD*2 1.45 Example 4 5 (II- 6) (40) (60) A 1.99 Example 4 6 (II- 7) PAt-8 (40) TAA-U (60) AD-4 1.92 Example 4 7 (II- 8) TSF9 (20) TAA-lb (80) —_· "1. 10 Example 4 8 dl-9) TAF10 (40) PAA-lb (60) - 1.16 Example 4 9 (II- 1 0) PAli-b (70) PAA-1V (30) - · 0. 37 Example 5 0 (II- 1 1 ) ΡΑϋ-11 (40) PAA&quot;i&gt; (60) A 2.29 Example 5 1 (II-1 2) TiFB (40) PAA-lt (60) - 0.79 Example 5 2 (II-1 3) Τ3ΓΕ-6 (40) paa-16 (60) AD-3 0. 80 Comparative Example 3 0 (b-1) vki~\ (40) FAA-Jl (60) A 36. 8 Comparative Example 3 1 (b-3) Pa£-13 (40) FAA-1^ (60) —* 2.39 Comparative Example 3 2 (b - 8 ) Can-ΙΪ (20) PAA-lb (80) 3.21 Comparative Example 3 3 (b-9) PAli-16 (40) PAA-16 (60) 2. 51 Comparative Example 3 4 (b- 1 0) ME-14 (70) M3R7 (30) 2.55 Comparative Example 3 5 (b-1 2) PAE-15 (40) FAA-ib (60) 1. 55 [Industrial Applicability] The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can reduce the surface unevenness of the liquid crystal and the liquid crystal alignment film by reducing the fine unevenness on the surface of the obtained liquid crystal alignment film, thereby improving the voltage retention rate. Electrical characteristics such as ion density and residual DC voltage. As a result, it is known that the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be widely used for TN elements, STN elements, TFT liquid crystal elements, and even vertical alignment type liquid crystal display elements. In addition, the entire contents of the specification, the scope of the patent application, and the abstract of the Japanese Patent Application No. 2010-05 8 5 52, filed on March 15, 2010, are hereby incorporated by reference herein in It is described in the Summary of the Invention. -112-

Claims (1)

201206994 七、申請專利範圍: 1. 一種液晶配向劑,其特徵爲,含有下述(A)成分 與(B )成分, (A)成分:具有下述式(1)所表示之重複單位,且 ,滿足下述(i )〜(iii )中任一項之條件的聚醯胺酸酯 [化1]201206994 VII. Patent application scope: 1. A liquid crystal alignment agent comprising the following (A) component and (B) component, (A) component: having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1), and a polyglycolate which satisfies the conditions of any one of the following (i) to (iii) [Chemical Formula 1] ⑴ (式中,^^爲4價之有機基,丫,爲2價之有機基’ R!爲碳數 1〜5之烷基,人1及人2各自獨立表示氫原子’或可具有取代 基之碳數1〜20之烷基、烯基、烷基) (i)式(1)之X,、Yi或其二者爲具有由下述式(2 )及(3 )所成群所選出之至少1種的構造之1價或2價的取 代基, (Π )式(1 )之A,、A2或其二者爲具有由下述式(2 )及(3 )所成群所選出之至少1種的構造之1價或2價的取 代基, (iii)式(1)之X丨、Y2或其二者爲具有由下述式(2 )及(3)所成群所選出之至少1種的構造之1價或2價的取 代基,且,A,、Α2或其二者爲具有由下述式(2)及(3) 所成群所選出之至少1種的構造之1價或2價的取代基, -113- 201206994 [化2] 〇1 Ο —Ν— (1 2 3) —Β!—L〇_〇2 (3) (式(2 )及(3 )之0,及D2分別爲可經由熱處理而被氫原 子所取代之保護基;B1爲單鍵或2價之有機基;惟,式(3 )中之酯基所鍵結之原子爲碳原子) (B)成分:具有下述式(4)所表示之重複單位之聚 醯胺酸, [化3](1) (wherein ^^ is a tetravalent organic group, 丫, is a divalent organic group 'R! is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and human 1 and human 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom' or may have a substitution The alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, the alkenyl group, and the alkyl group) (i) X, Y, or both of the formula (1) having a group consisting of the following formulas (2) and (3) a monovalent or divalent substituent of at least one selected structure, (A), A2, A2 or both of the formula (1) having a group consisting of the following formulas (2) and (3) a monovalent or divalent substituent of at least one of the selected structures, (iii) X丨, Y2 of the formula (1) or both of them having a group consisting of the following formulas (2) and (3) a monovalent or divalent substituent of at least one of the selected structures, and A, Α2 or both of them are at least one selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (2) and (3) A monovalent or divalent substituent of the structure, -113- 201206994 [化2] 〇1 Ο—Ν—(1 2 3)—Β!—L〇_〇2 (3) (Formula (2) and (3) 0, and D2 are each a protecting group which may be substituted by a hydrogen atom through heat treatment; B1 is a single bond or a divalent organic group; however, the ester group in the formula (3) Knot is a carbon atom) (B) component: a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4) of the poly acid amide, [Formula 3] 有與式(1)相同之定義) -114- 1 _如申請專利範圍第1項之液晶配向劑,其中,(a ) 成分之含量與(B)成分之含量依質量比(a/B )爲,1/9 〜9/ 1 。 2 .如申請專利範圍第1或2項之液晶配向劑,其中,( A)成分與(B)成分之合計含量相對於有機溶劑爲1〜1〇 質量%。 3 ·如申請專利範圍第1〜3項中任一項之液晶配向劑, 其中,保護基〇,爲由tert-丁氧羰基及9_莽基甲氧基羰基所 成群所選出之至少1種之基。 5.如申請專利範圍第1〜4項中任一項之液晶配向劑, 201206994 其中,保護基爲tert_ 丁基。 6·如申請專利範圍第1〜5項中任一項之液晶配向劑’ 其中,(A)成分爲具有由下述式(5)及(6)所成群所 選出之至少1種的構造所表示之取代基的聚醯胺酸醋’ [化4]There is the same definition as in the formula (1). -114- 1 _ The liquid crystal alignment agent of the first application of the patent scope, wherein the content of the (a) component and the component (B) are by mass ratio (a/B) For, 1/9 to 9/1. 2. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the total content of the component (A) and the component (B) is 1 to 1% by mass based on the organic solvent. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the protective group is at least 1 selected from the group consisting of tert-butoxycarbonyl and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl. The basis of the species. 5. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the protecting group is tert_butyl. 6. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the first to fifth aspects of the invention, wherein the component (A) is at least one selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (5) and (6) The polyglycolic acid vinegar represented by the substituent '[4] (式(5)中,B2爲單鍵又爲2價之有機基,R2、R3、h各 自獨立表示氫原子或碳數1〜20之1價之有機基) [化5] o ch3 II —-β3』一〇--ch3 (6) ch3 (式(6)中,B3爲單鍵或2價之有機基;其中,式(6) 中之t-丁氧羰基所鍵結之原子爲碳原子)。 7.如申請專利範圍第1〜6項中任一項之液晶配向劑, 其中,(A)成分爲,式(UiY,之構造中具有由式(5 )及(6 )所成群所選出之至少1種的構造之取代基的聚醯 胺酸酯。 8 ·如申請專利範圍第1〜7項中任一項之液晶配向劑, 其中,(A)成分爲,式(1)之Ai、A2或其二者爲具有由 式(5 )及(6 )所成群所選出之至少1種的構造之取代基 的聚醯胺酸酯。 9·如申請專利範圍第1〜8項中任一項之液晶配向劑, 其中,(A)成分爲’式(1)之^爲下述式(7)所表示 -115- 201206994 之構造的聚醯胺酸酯, [化6](In the formula (5), B2 is a single bond and a divalent organic group, and R2, R3, and h each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 20; [Chemical 5] o ch3 II — -β3』一〇--ch3 (6) ch3 (In the formula (6), B3 is a single bond or a divalent organic group; wherein the atom bonded by the t-butoxycarbonyl group in the formula (6) is carbon atom). 7. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the component (A) is a formula (UiY having a structure selected by the groups of the formulas (5) and (6). A liquid crystal alignment agent of any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the component (A) is Ai of the formula (1). And A2 or both of them are polyamidomates having a substituent of at least one selected from the group consisting of formulas (5) and (6). 9. In the scope of claims 1 to 8, In any one of the liquid crystal alignment agents, the (A) component is a polyglycolate having the structure of the formula (1) represented by the following formula (7): -115-201206994, [Chem. 6] ⑺ ;尺6爲由式 :a爲1〜4之 液晶配向劑 下式所表示 (式中’ Rs爲單鍵或碳數1〜20之2價之有機基 (5)及(6)所成群所選出之至少1種的構造 整數)。 1 〇.如申請專利範圍第1〜9項中任一項之 ,其中,(A)成分爲,式(1)之丫,爲具有由 構造所成群所選出之至少1種的構造, [化7] XX -Ο- jCu ηβ2 〜6 jCk ~0~ ~0^. JCX/ -Qt~\ jy^(xjy°xx -ο—α- 液晶配向劑 獨立表示由 1 1.如申請專利範圍第1〜1 0項中任一項之 ,其中,前述式(!)及(4)中,χ^χ2各自 下述式所表示之構造所成群所選出之至少1@ , -116- 201206994 [化8](7); Ruler 6 is a liquid crystal alignment agent of the formula: a is 1 to 4, represented by the following formula (wherein Rs is a single bond or an organic group (5) and (6) having a carbon number of 1 to 20; At least one constructed integer selected by the group). (1) The component (A) is a structure of the formula (1), and is a structure having at least one selected from the group of structures, [ 7] XX -Ο- jCu ηβ2 ~6 jCk ~0~ ~0^. JCX/ -Qt~\ jy^(xjy°xx -ο-α- Liquid crystal alignment agent is independently represented by 1 1. As claimed in the patent scope In any one of the above-mentioned formulas (1) and (4), at least 1@, -116-201206994 is selected in the group represented by the following formula: 8] ip it CHsIp it CHs 、P: XX 众 XO: ig:〕甘 CH3 o 1 2 .如申請專利範圍第1〜U項中任一項之液晶配向劑 ’其中,式(4)中’ Y1爲由下述式所表示之構造所成群 所選出之至少1種,, P: XX 众XO: ig: 〕甘CH3 o 1 2 . The liquid crystal alignment agent of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein 'Y1' is represented by the following formula At least one selected from the group of structures, -117- 1 1 4 · 一種液晶配向膜,其特徵爲,將如申請專利範®2 第1〜12項中任一項之液晶配向劑塗佈、燒焙,再經偏光 之紫外線照射所得之液晶配向膜。 2 3 ·—種液晶配向膜,其特徵爲,將如申請專利範® 第1〜1 2項中任一項之液晶配向劑塗佈、燒焙而得者。 201206994 四、指定代表圊: (一) 本案指定代表圓為:無 (二) 本代表圊之元件符號簡單說明:無 五、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學 式:式(1)、(4) 〇 〇-117- 1 1 4 · A liquid crystal alignment film which is obtained by coating, baking, and irradiating ultraviolet light of a liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 12; Liquid crystal alignment film. A liquid crystal alignment film obtained by coating and baking a liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 12. 201206994 IV. Designated representative: (1) The designated representative of the case is: None (2) The symbol of the symbol of the representative is simple: No. 5. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: 1), (4) 〇〇 A2 (1) (4) -4-A2 (1) (4) -4-
TW100108736A 2010-03-15 2011-03-15 A liquid crystal aligning agent containing a polyamic acid ester, and a liquid crystal alignment film TWI501998B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010058552 2010-03-15

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201206994A true TW201206994A (en) 2012-02-16
TWI501998B TWI501998B (en) 2015-10-01

Family

ID=44649202

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW100108736A TWI501998B (en) 2010-03-15 2011-03-15 A liquid crystal aligning agent containing a polyamic acid ester, and a liquid crystal alignment film

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5915523B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101820981B1 (en)
CN (1) CN102893209B (en)
TW (1) TWI501998B (en)
WO (1) WO2011115118A1 (en)

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI602852B (en) * 2012-04-18 2017-10-21 日產化學工業股份有限公司 Optical alignment method with the liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display components
TWI622621B (en) * 2013-03-25 2018-05-01 Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI643905B (en) * 2013-07-24 2018-12-11 日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal alignment film using the same
TWI655484B (en) * 2013-10-23 2019-04-01 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment element
TWI656173B (en) * 2013-10-23 2019-04-11 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI661003B (en) * 2014-04-03 2019-06-01 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent containing polyamidate-polyaminoacid copolymer, and liquid crystal alignment film using the same
TWI669344B (en) * 2013-10-23 2019-08-21 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI698490B (en) * 2015-04-16 2020-07-11 日商Jsr股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and manufacturing method thereof, and liquid crystal element
TWI704168B (en) * 2013-10-01 2020-09-11 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film for transverse electric field driving method, and liquid crystal display element using the same
TWI724089B (en) * 2016-01-07 2021-04-11 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element using the same

Families Citing this family (35)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5929298B2 (en) * 2011-03-02 2016-06-01 Jnc株式会社 Diamine, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal display element using the same, and method for forming liquid crystal alignment film
WO2013008906A1 (en) * 2011-07-14 2013-01-17 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
KR20140084279A (en) * 2011-10-27 2014-07-04 닛산 가가쿠 고교 가부시키 가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5939614B2 (en) * 2012-02-01 2016-06-22 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Alignment film and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP6064997B2 (en) * 2012-03-30 2017-01-25 日産化学工業株式会社 Polyimide-based liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI605091B (en) * 2012-08-29 2017-11-11 Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
DE102012223339A1 (en) 2012-12-17 2014-06-18 Henkel Ag & Co. Kgaa Surfactant combination for improved drying
JPWO2015050133A1 (en) * 2013-10-01 2017-03-09 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element using the same
JP6315193B2 (en) * 2013-10-03 2018-04-25 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
JP6400284B2 (en) * 2013-10-22 2018-10-03 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Liquid crystal display
CN105659156B (en) * 2013-10-23 2019-02-01 日产化学工业株式会社 Aligning agent for liquid crystal, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal indicate element
KR102241786B1 (en) * 2013-10-23 2021-04-16 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent containing polyimide precursor having thermally cleavable group and/or polyimide
WO2015122413A1 (en) * 2014-02-13 2015-08-20 日産化学工業株式会社 Novel liquid crystal orientation agent, diamine, and polyimide precursor
KR101732789B1 (en) 2014-04-04 2017-05-08 주식회사 엘지화학 Liquid Crystal Element
JP6555257B2 (en) * 2014-05-30 2019-08-07 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2016066053A (en) * 2014-09-19 2016-04-28 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Liquid crystal display device and material for alignment film
TWI675095B (en) * 2014-09-26 2019-10-21 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment treatment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6461544B2 (en) * 2014-10-08 2019-01-30 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method thereof
JP6701635B2 (en) * 2014-10-08 2020-05-27 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal display device
JP6776897B2 (en) * 2014-10-28 2020-10-28 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6631077B2 (en) * 2014-11-05 2020-01-15 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device
JP6447304B2 (en) * 2015-03-27 2019-01-09 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and manufacturing method thereof, liquid crystal display element, retardation film and manufacturing method thereof, polymer and compound
JP6791143B2 (en) * 2015-07-31 2020-11-25 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
CN108604027A (en) * 2015-11-25 2018-09-28 日产化学工业株式会社 Aligning agent for liquid crystal, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal indicate element
JPWO2017094786A1 (en) * 2015-11-30 2018-09-27 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, and liquid crystal display element
KR20180089487A (en) * 2015-12-03 2018-08-08 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element using same
KR101989587B1 (en) 2016-03-28 2019-06-14 주식회사 엘지화학 Liquid crystal photoalignment agent, liquid crystal photoalignment film containing the same and method for preparing liquid crystal photoalignment film
JP6866892B2 (en) * 2016-03-31 2021-04-28 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6174194B2 (en) * 2016-05-12 2017-08-02 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Alignment film and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP7076939B2 (en) * 2016-07-19 2022-05-30 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Varnish for photo-alignment film and liquid crystal display device
WO2018043325A1 (en) * 2016-08-30 2018-03-08 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using same
TWI746743B (en) * 2016-12-21 2021-11-21 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
CN111936923B (en) * 2018-03-30 2023-12-22 日产化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
CN114207086A (en) * 2019-08-08 2022-03-18 日产化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using same
KR20220141793A (en) * 2020-02-14 2022-10-20 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, liquid crystal display element and diamine

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH05247209A (en) * 1992-03-05 1993-09-24 Chisso Corp Coating fluid for oriented liquid-crystal film and production thereof
CN1128384C (en) * 1998-03-19 2003-11-19 住友电木株式会社 Aligning agent for liquid crystal
JP2001089426A (en) 1999-09-14 2001-04-03 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd New acetylene compound
CN1440516A (en) * 2000-07-07 2003-09-03 日产化学工业株式会社 Liquid crystal orientating agent and liquid crystal display element using the same
TWI284147B (en) * 2001-11-15 2007-07-21 Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd Liquid crystal aligning agent for vertical alignment, alignment layer for liquid crystal, and liquid crystal displays made by using the same
JP2007212542A (en) * 2006-02-07 2007-08-23 Asahi Kasei Electronics Co Ltd Laminate
WO2008153101A1 (en) * 2007-06-15 2008-12-18 Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. Resin composition for forming heat-cured film
CN101373296B (en) * 2007-08-24 2012-07-04 株式会社日立显示器 Liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method thereof
KR101704332B1 (en) 2008-06-17 2017-02-07 닛산 가가쿠 고교 가부시키 가이샤 Liquid-crystal alignment material, liquid-crystal display element employing same, and novel diamine
JP5355970B2 (en) * 2008-09-16 2013-11-27 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Liquid crystal display
CN102428121B (en) * 2009-03-10 2014-05-28 日产化学工业株式会社 Polyimide precursor, polyimide, and liquid crystal aligning agent

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI602852B (en) * 2012-04-18 2017-10-21 日產化學工業股份有限公司 Optical alignment method with the liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display components
TWI622621B (en) * 2013-03-25 2018-05-01 Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI643905B (en) * 2013-07-24 2018-12-11 日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal alignment film using the same
TWI704168B (en) * 2013-10-01 2020-09-11 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film for transverse electric field driving method, and liquid crystal display element using the same
TWI655484B (en) * 2013-10-23 2019-04-01 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment element
TWI656173B (en) * 2013-10-23 2019-04-11 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI669344B (en) * 2013-10-23 2019-08-21 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI661003B (en) * 2014-04-03 2019-06-01 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent containing polyamidate-polyaminoacid copolymer, and liquid crystal alignment film using the same
TWI698490B (en) * 2015-04-16 2020-07-11 日商Jsr股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and manufacturing method thereof, and liquid crystal element
TWI724089B (en) * 2016-01-07 2021-04-11 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element using the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2011115118A1 (en) 2013-06-27
CN102893209A (en) 2013-01-23
JP5915523B2 (en) 2016-05-11
CN102893209B (en) 2015-05-06
WO2011115118A1 (en) 2011-09-22
KR101820981B1 (en) 2018-01-22
KR20130048726A (en) 2013-05-10
TWI501998B (en) 2015-10-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201206994A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent containing polyamic acid ester, and liquid crystal alignment film
TWI656173B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI522390B (en) A liquid crystal aligning agent containing a compound containing a thermal dissociative group, and a liquid crystal alignment film
JP6669161B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device
JP6582988B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal alignment element
TWI515227B (en) A liquid crystal aligning agent containing a polyamic acid ester and a polyamic acid, and a liquid crystal alignment film
JP5708636B2 (en) End-modified polyamic acid ester-containing liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal aligning film
TWI504676B (en) Polyamide liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal alignment film using the same
TWI638007B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, and liquid crystal alignment film using the same
JP6919574B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element using it
JP6701635B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal display device
WO2005105892A1 (en) Liquid-crystal aligning agent, liquid-crystal alignment film comprising the same, and liquid-crystal element
TWI588181B (en) A liquid crystal alignment film, a manufacturing method of a liquid crystal alignment film, and a liquid crystal display element
JP2022113743A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI515260B (en) A liquid crystal aligning agent containing polyacidic acid and polyamic acid
WO2012133829A1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, and liquid crystal alignment film produced using same
TWI500658B (en) A liquid crystal aligning agent containing a terminal-modified polyamic acid ester, and a liquid crystal alignment film
JP6524918B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device using the same